FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provideinformation on the electrical system of the 1992 TOYOTACELICA.
Applicable models: AT180 Series
ST184, 185 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the abovemodels other than those listed in this manual, refer to thefollowing manuals:
Manual Name Pub. No.
1992 CELICA Repair ManualVolume 1Volume 2
1992 Model New Car Features
RM251U1RM251U2NCF079U
All information in this manual is based on the latest productinformation at the time of publication. However, specificationsand procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
Servicing vehicles with an SRS AIRBAG (referred to as the airbag in theremainder of this manual) installed.When handling airbag components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.),always follow the directions given in the repair manuals listed above toprevent the occurrence of accidents and airbag malfunction.
NOTICE
2
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No. Section Description
A
INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.
A
INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.
B HOW TO USETHIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.
C TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.
INDEX Index of the system circuits.
I
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting arealso contained in this section.
J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
K OVERALLWIRING DIAGRAM Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits in on vehicles by dividingthem into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power sourceis received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shownwith the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagramat the end of this manual.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to theactual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
5
: System Title
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.
Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)
Explanation of pin use.
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.
: Connector Color
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.
: Indicates related system.
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).
3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.
Example:
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B = Black L = Blue R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
G = Green O = Orange W = White
GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.Example: L – Y
(Blue) (Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).
Example:
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.
: Page No.
: Indicates a shielded cable.
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.
Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right
Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
6
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAYAND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR ISSTOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
P2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
P2 21 P4 21 P6 21
P3 21 P5 21 21
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION
IC 24 COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS
I5 24 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5,J6) in this manual include a short terminalwhich is connected to a number of wireharnesses. Always perform inspection withthe short terminal installed. (When installingthe wire harnesses, the harnesses can beconnected to any position within the shortterminal grouping. Accordingly, in othervehicles, the same position in the shortterminal may be connected to a wire harnessfrom a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.
HINT:
7
: Explains the system outline.
: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with that letter.
Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW
Example: P 4
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.
Example: Connector “3B” connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1” connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It isdescribed on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages shown the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
GROUND POINTS
9
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.
10
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test a light instead of avoltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.
(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
11
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.Example:
– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unlessabsolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.
12
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.
2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER.
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before theterminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: The needle insertion position varies accordingto the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.
“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.
13
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is differentaccording to connector body.
Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black
“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).
Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pull theterminal retainer up to the temporary lockposition.
HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(Number of terminals, etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.
“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock.
14
TROUBLESHOOTING
Insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminalretainer as shown.Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.
4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerin to the full lock position.
5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
15
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
A/C = Air ConditionerABS = Anti–Lock Brake SystemA/T = Automatic TransmissionC/P = Coupe TypeCOMB. = CombinationECT = Electronic Controlled TransmissionECU = Electronic Control UnitEFI = Electronic Fuel InjectionEGR = Exhaust Gas RecirculationEX. = ExceptFL = Fusible LinkIIA = Integrated Ignition AssemblyISC = Idle Speed ControlJ/B = Junction BlockL/B = Liftback TypeLH = Left-HandM/T = Manual TransmissionO/D = OverdriveR/B = Relay BlockRH = Right–HandSRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemSW = SwitchTEMP. = TemperatureVSV = Vacuum Switching ValveW/ = WithW/O = Without2WD = Two Wheel Drive4WD = Four Wheel Drive
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminalcodes) and are not treated as being abbreviations.
METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.
IGNITION COILConverts low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ignition currentfor firing the spark plugs.
1. SINGLEFILAMENT
GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.
Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.
BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.
CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.
DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.
DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.
FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.
FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross–section surface area of the wires.
HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.
LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.
METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.
MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.
CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.
2. DOUBLEFILAMENT
HEADLIGHTS
FUEL
(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)
(for Medium Current Fuse)
M
16
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
17
1. NORMALLYOPEN
Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.
RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.
RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.
SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.
SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.
SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.
SWITCH,IGNITION
A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowsvarious circuits, particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.
Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe junction are spliced(joined) connections.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.
TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”
SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.
SWITCH, MANUAL
SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.
2. NORMALLYCLOSED
RESISTOR, VARIABLE orRHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.
2. NORMALLYOPEN
RELAY
1. NORMALLYCLOSED
Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.
(2) SPLICED
WIRES
(1) NOTCONNECTED
26
RELAY LOCATIONS
2 : R/B No. 2 Left Kick Panel (See Page 18)
3 : R/B No. 3 Right Kick Panel (See Page 18)
27
4 : R/B No. 4 Right Kick Panel (See Page 18)
5 : R/B No. 5 Engine Compartment Front Right (See Page 18)
28
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[3S–GTE]
A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor D 1 DistributorA 2 A/C Condenser Fan MotorA 4 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Compressor Sensor E 2 EFI Water Temp. SensorA 5 A/C Pressure SW or Short Pin E 3 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor (for California) orA 7 ABS Actuator Short Pin (for Ex. California)A 8 ABS Actuator E 10 EFI ResistorA 9 ABS Check ConnectorA 10 ABS Check Connector F 1 Fog Light LHA 11 ABS Relay F 2 Fog Light RHA 12 ABS Relay F 3 Front Airbag Sensor LHA 13 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 4 Front Airbag Sensor RHA 14 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 5 Front Side Marker Light LHA 15 Alternator F 6 Front Side Marker Light RHA 16 Alternator F 7 Front Turn Signal Light and Clearance Light LHA 42 Air Flow Meter F 8 Front Turn Signal Light and Clearance Light RH
F 9 Front Wiper MotorB 1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T) F 10 Fuse Box (All–Trac/4WD)B 2 Brake Fluid Level SW F 17 Fuel Pump Resistor
C 1 Check ConnectorC 2 Check Connector (for Fan Check)C 3 Check Connector (for Fan Check)C 4 Cold Start InjectorC 5 Cruise Control Actuator
29
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[3S–GTE]
H 1 Headlight LH R 1 Radiator Fan MotorH 2 Headlight RH R 2 Retract Motor LHH 3 Horn LH R 3 Retract Motor RHH 4 Horn RH
S 1 Speed Sensor (for Cruise Control System)i 3 ISC Valve S 4 Start Injector Time SWI 4 Igniter S 5 StarterI 5 Ignition Coil S 6 StarterI 7 Injector No. 1I 8 Injector No. 2 T 1 Throttle Position SensorI 9 Injector No. 3 T 3 Turbo Charging Pressure SensorI 10 Injector No. 4
V 1 VSV (for EGR System)K 1 Knock Sensor V 4 VSV (for Turbo Charging Pressure)
V 5 VSV (for T–VIS)N 3 Noise Filter (for Ignition System)
W 1 Washer MotorO 2 Oil Pressure SW W 3 Water Temp. SenderO 8 Oxygen Sensor W 4 Water Temp. SW (for Fans Control)
30
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[5S–FE]
A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor D 1 Distributor (5S–FE)A 2 A/C Condenser Fan MotorA 3 A/C Idle–Up VSV E 1 ECT Solenoid (5S–FE)A 4 A/C Magnetic Clutch (4A–FE) or A/C Magnetic Clutch E 2 EFI Water Temp. Sensor
Clutch and Compressor Sensor (5S–FE) E 3 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor (for California)A 5 A/C Pressure SW or Short PinA 6 A/C Water Temp. SW (5S–FE) F 1 Fog Light LHA 7 ABS Actuator (5S–FE) F 2 Fog Light RHA 8 ABS Actuator (5S–FE) F 3 Front Airbag Sensor LHA 9 ABS Check Connector (5S–FE) F 4 Front Airbag Sensor RHA 10 ABS Check Connector (5S–FE) F 5 Front Side Marker Light LHA 11 ABS Relay (5S–FE) F 6 Front Side Marker Light RHA 12 ABS Relay (5S–FE) F 7 Front Turn Signal Light and Clearance Light LHA 13 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH (5S–FE) F 8 Front Turn Signal Light and Clearance Light RHA 14 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH (5S–FE) F 9 Front Wiper MotorA 15 Alternator F 10 Fuse Box (2WD)A 16 Alternator
H 1 Headlight LHB 1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T) H 2 Headlight RHB 2 Brake Fluid Level SW H 3 Horn LH
H 4 Horn RHC 1 Check ConnectorC 2 Check Connector (for Fan Check)C 3 Check Connector (for Fan Check)C 5 Cruise Control Actuator (w/ ABS of 5S–FE)C 6 Cruise Control Actuator (w/o ABS)
31
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[4A–FE]
I 1 IIA (4A–FE) R 1 Radiator Fan MotorI 2 IIA (4A–FE) R 2 Retract Motor LHI 3 ISC Valve (5S–FE) R 3 Retract Motor RHI 4 Igniter (5S–FE)I 5 Ignition Coil (5S–FE) S 1 Speed Sensor (for Cruise Control System)I 6 In–Air Temp. Sensor S 2 Speed Sensor (for ECT of 5S–FE)I 7 Injector No.1 S 5 StarterI 8 Injector No.2 S 6 StarterI 9 Injector No.3I 10 Injector No.4 T 1 Throttle Position Sensor
K 1 Knock Sensor V 1 VSV (for EGR System)V 2 VSV (for Electrical Idle–Up System of 4A–FE)
N 1 Neutral Start SW and Back–Up Light SW V 3 Vacuum Sensor (for EFI System)(A/T w/o ECT)
N 2 Neutral Start SW, Back–Up Light SW and W 1 Washer MotorA/T Indicator (A/T w/ ECT of 5S–FE) W 3 Water Temp. Sender
N 3 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) W 4 Water Temp. SW (for Fans Control)
O 1 O/D SolenoidO 2 Oil Pressure SWO 3 Oxygen Sensor (Main, 5S–FE)O 4 Oxygen Sensor (Sub, 5S–FE)O 5 Oxygen Sensor (for California of 4A–FE)O 6 Oxygen Sensor (for Ex. California of 4A–FE)
32
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A 17 A/C Amplifier C 7 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyA 18 A/C Control Assembly C 8 Cigarette LighterA 19 A/C Control Assembly C 9 Cigarette Lighter IlluminationA 20 A/C Control Assembly C 10 Circuit Opening RelayA 21 A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor C 11 ClockA 22 A/C Power Transistor C 12 Clutch Start SWA 23 A/C Room Temp. Sensor C 13 Combination MeterA 24 A/C Solar Sensor C 14 Combination MeterA 25 A/C System Amplifier C 15 Combination MeterA 26 A/C Thermistor C 16 Combination SWA 27 A/C Water Temp. Sensor C 17 Combination SWA 28 Airbag Squib C 18 Cruise Control Clutch SWA 29 Air Mix Control Servo Motor C 19 Cruise Control ECUA 30 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor C 20 Cruise Control ECUA 31 Ashtray IlluminationA 32 Auto A/C Amplifier D 2 Defogger SWA 33 Auto A/C Amplifier D 3 Diode (for O/D System)A 34 Auto A/C Amplifier D 4 Diode (for Cruise Control System)A 35 Auto Tilt Away Actuator D 5 Diode (for Key Off)A 36 Auto Tilt Away ECU D 6 Door Lock ECUA 44 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor D 18 Diode (for Daytime Running Light System)
B 3 Blower Control RelayB 4 Blower MotorB 5 Blower ResistorB 6 Blower Resistor
33
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
E 4 ECT Pattern Select SW K 2 Key Inter Lock SolenoidE 5 Engine ECU (4A–FE)E 6 Engine and ECT ECU (5S–FE, 3S–GTE) N 4 Noise Filter (for Defogger System)E 7 Engine and ECT ECU (5S–FE, 3S–GTE)E 8 Engine and ECT ECU O 7 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator (Shift Lever)E 9 Extra High Speed Relay
P 1 Parking Brake SWF 11 Fog Light SW P 9 Panel Relay (for Daytime Running Light System)F 12 Front Speaker LHF 13 Front Speaker RH Q 1 Quarter Power Window SW
G 1 Glove Box Light R 4 RECIRC/FRESH Control Servo MotorG 2 Glove Box Light SW R 5 Radio and Player (w/ CD Player)
R 6 Radio and Player (w/o CD Player)H 5 Hazard SW R 7 Radio and Player (w/o CD Player)
R 8 Remote Control Mirror SWI 11 Ignition Key Cylinder Light R 9 Retract Control RelayI 12 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SW R 10 Retract Control Relay (for CANADA)
R 11 RheostatJ 1 Junction ConnectorJ 2 Junction Connector S 7 Shift Lock ECUJ 3 Junction Connector S 8 Stereo Component Amplifier (w/CD Player)J 4 Junction Connector S 9 Stereo Component Amplifier (w/CD Player)J 5 Junction Connector S 10 Stop Light SW (w/o Cruise Control System) orJ 6 Junction Connector (for Earth) Stop Light and Cruise Control Stop SW
S 15 Short Pin (for Daytime Running Light System)S 16 Short Pin (for Daytime Running Light System)
T 2 Turn Signal FlasherT 3 Top Stack Main RelayT 4 Top Stack SW
34
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
[L/B]
A 37 ABS ECU (L/B) D 12 Door Lock Control SW LHA 38 ABS ECU (L/B) D 13 Door Lock Control SW RHA 39 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH (L/B) D 14 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock Detection SW LHA 40 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH (L/B) and Key Lock and Unlock SW LHA 41 Auto Antenna Control Relay and Motor D 15 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock Detection SW RHA 43 ABS Deceleration Sensor (All–Trac/4WD) and Key Lock and Unlock SW RH
D 16 Door Speaker LHB 7 Back Door Courtesy SW (L/B) D 17 Door Speaker RHB 8 Buckle SW (w/ Power Seat)B 9 Buckle SW (w/o Power Seat) F 14 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH
F 15 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RHD 7 Diode F 16 Fuel Pump and Fuel Sender (2WD)D 8 Door Courtesy Light LH F 18 Fuel Pump (All–Trac/4WD)D 9 Door Courtesy Light RH F 19 Fuel Sender (All–Trac/4WD)D 10 Door Courtesy SW LHD 11 Door Courtesy SW RH H 6 High Mount Stop Light
I 13 Interior Light
35
Position of Parts in Body
[C/P]
L 1 License Plate Light R 18 Rear Tweeter (Speaker) LHL 2 Luggage Compartment Door Courtesy SW (C/P) R 19 Rear Tweeter (Speaker) RHL 3 Luggage Compartment Light (C/P) R 20 Rear Window DefoggerL 4 Luggage Compartment Light (L/B) (+, w/o Diversity Antenna)
R 21 Rear Window DefoggerP 2 Power Seat Motor (for Lumbar Support) (+, w/ Diversity Antenna)P 3 Power Seat Motor (for Side Support) R 22 Rear Window DefoggerP 4 Power Seat SW (–, C/P, w/ Diversity Antenna)P 5 Power Window Master SW R 23 Rear Window DefoggerP 7 Power Window Motor LH (–, w/o Diversity Antenna)P 8 Power Window Motor RH R 24 Rear Wiper Motor and Relay (L/B)P 9 Power Window SW RH R 25 Remote Control Mirror LH
R 26 Remote Control Mirror RHR 12 Rear Combination Light LHR 13 Rear Combination Light RH S 11 Sun Roof Control RelayR 14 Rear Speaker LH S 12 Sun Roof Control SW and Personal LightR 15 Rear Speaker LH S 13 Sun Roof Limit SWR 16 Rear Speaker RH S 14 Sun Roof MotorR 17 Rear Speaker RH
36
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
[Convertible]
A 37 ABS ECU D 12 Door Lock Control SW LHA 38 ABS ECU D 13 Door Lock Control SW RHA 39 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH D 14 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock Detection SW LHA 40 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH and Key Lock and Unlock SW LHA 41 Auto Antenna Control Relay and Motor D 15 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock Detection SW RH
and Key Lock and Unlock SW RHB 9 Buckle SW LH (w/o Power Seat) D 16 Door Speaker LHB 10 Buckle SW RH (w/o Power Seat) D 17 Door Speaker RH
D 7 Diode F 14 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LHD 8 Door Courtesy Light LH F 15 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RHD 9 Door Courtesy Light RH F 16 Fuel Pump and Fuel SenderD 10 Door Courtesy SW LHD 11 Door Courtesy SW RH H 6 High Mount Stop Light
I 13 Interior Light
37
Position of Parts in Body
[Convertible]
L 1 Licence Plate Light R 12 Rear Combination Light LHL 2 Luggage Compartment Door Courtesy SW R 13 Rear Combination Light RHL 3 Luggage Compartment Light R 14 Rear Speaker LH
R 16 Rear Speaker RHP 5 Power Window Master SW R 25 Remote Control Mirror LHP 6 Power Window Master SW R 26 Remote Control Mirror RHP 7 Power Window Motor LHP 8 Power Window Motor RH S 15 Seat Belt Solenoid (Driver’s )P 9 Power Window SW RH S 16 Seat Belt Solenoid (Passenger’s )
Q 2 Quarter Power Window Motor LH T 5 Top Stack MotorQ 3 Quarter Power Window Motor RH T 6 Top Stack Relay
T 7 Top Stack Relay
[3S–GTE]
38
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
39
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
EB1ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
EB2ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
ES2 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
ET1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)
[5S–FE]
40
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
41
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
EB1ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
EB2ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
ET1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)
[4A–FE]
42
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
43
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
EB1ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
EB2ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
ES1 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
ET1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)
44
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
45
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IC2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE1ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE2ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG2ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IH1 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
46
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
47
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II1COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
II2COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
II3COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL OF ALL–TRACK/4WD)
II3COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL OF 2WD)
IJ1COWL WIRE AND A/C NO 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IJ2COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IK1FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK2FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IQ2COWL WIRE AND A/C NO 2 WIRE (BESIDE HEATER UNIT)
IQ3COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE HEATER UNIT)
[L/B]
48
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
49
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BL1 FLOOR WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF FRONT FLOOR PANEL)
BM1 FRAME WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
BN1 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BO1 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 SUB WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)
BP1 FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
BV1 BACK DOOR NO. 1 SUB WIRE AND REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)
[C/P]
50
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
51
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BL1 FLOOR WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF FRONT FLOOR PANEL)
BM1 FRAME WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
BP2 FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
BR1 FLOOR WIRE AND REAR WINDOW NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT REAR PILLAR)
[C/P]
52
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
53
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BP2 FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
BU1 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
54
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
Starter
Battery
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the relatedsystem is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarilyon the page indicated here.
FL MAIN 2.0L
60A ABS ABS Relay
15A STOP
Alternator (B)
HeadlightRelay
30A AM2
20A FOG
Engine MainRelay (Point Side)
40A HEATER
Light ControlSW [Comb. SW]
Taillight Relay
30A RTR
15A EFI
15A HAZ–HORN
20A DOME
100A ALT
Ignition SW(AM2)
15A ECU–B
30A DEFOGGER
40A AM1
Dimmer SW[Comb. SW]
15A HEAD LH
15A HEAD RH
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page ) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 2 (See page 23)20 2622
55
EFI Resistor
ABS Actuator
Igniter
7.5A IGN
(3S–GTE)
Noise Filter(for Ignition System)
30A POWER
Alternator (S)
Heater Relay
Retract ControlRelay
Engine Main Relay(Coil Side)
ABS ECU
Injector No. 1
Ignition Coil10A TURN
Clutch Start SW
15A TAIL
(Ex. 3S–GTE)
(Ex. 4A–FE)
(4A–FE)
IIA
Ignition SW(AM1)
30A RDI FAN
30A CDS FAN
(USA)
Light ControlSW [Comb. SW]
(Canada)
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
15A CIG & RADIO
15A ECU–IG
15A GAUGE
20A WIPER
(A/T)
(M/T)
Starter Relay
10A A/C
Circuit OpeningRelay
Starter
Cold StartInjector
Start InjectorTime SW
CombinationMeter
30A TOP STK
Engine ECU
Engine andECT ECU
Engine ECU
Engine andECT ECU
Neutral StartSW
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page ) (2) : Fuse Box (F10 See onpage 19)
(3) : R/B No. 3 (See page 23)27 2628
56
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
30A DEFOGGER
20A WIPER
15A GAUGE
7.5A IGN
15A ECU–B
10A TURN
15A CIG & RADIO
15A TAIL
15A ECU–IG
15A STOP
15A HEAD LH
15A HEAD RH
30A RTR
15A EFI
20A DOME
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RDI FAN
30A CDS FAN
30A POWER
20A FOG
10A A/C
40A HEATER
A/C
Con
dens
er F
an M
otor
192 112 192
A3 A5 A11 A16 A17 A18
176
A/C
Idle
–Up
VS
V
AB
S A
ctua
tor
A/C
Am
plifi
er
A/C
Con
trol
Ass
embl
y
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
A2
A/C
Mag
netic
Clu
tch
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
A4 A7 A20 A22 A25 A30 A31 A32 A36 A37 A38 A41 A43
218230
112218 218 218 218
230 218 206 192
A/C
Pre
ssur
e S
W
AB
S R
elay
A/C
Pow
er T
rans
isto
r
A/C
Sys
tem
Am
plifi
er
Air
Ven
t Mod
e C
ontr
olS
ervo
Mot
or
Ash
tray
Illu
min
atio
n
Aut
o A
/C A
mpl
ifier
Aut
o Ti
lt A
way
EC
U
AB
S E
CU
Aut
o A
nten
na C
ontr
olR
elay
and
Mot
or
A19 A34
218230
112230
11823078
Alte
rnat
or
AB
S D
ecel
erat
ion
Sen
sor
(All–
Trac
/4W
D)
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page ) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page ) (3) R/B No. 2 (See page )20 22 26
57
218230132
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght S
W (
M/T
)
Blo
wer
Con
trol
Rel
ay
B1 B7 C8 C14C9 C15
80 90 78104197
197
Buc
kle
SW
LH
(for
Con
vert
ible
)
Cig
aret
te L
ight
er
Cig
aret
te L
ight
erIll
umin
atio
n
Circ
uit O
peni
ng R
elay
Clo
ck
Che
ck E
ngin
e W
arni
ngLi
ght [
Com
b. M
eter
]
B3 B4 B5 B6 B10 B11 C1 C2 C7
203 145214 136
Blo
wer
Res
isto
r
Bac
k D
oor
Con
trol
SW
AB
S W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Com
bina
tion
Met
er
Cru
ise
Con
trol
Indi
cato
rLi
ght [
Com
b. M
eter
]
Hig
h B
eam
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]O
/D O
ff In
dica
tor
Ligh
t[C
omb.
Met
er]
Sea
t Bel
t War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Turn
Sig
nal I
ndic
ator
Ligh
ts [C
omb.
Met
er]
Cha
rge
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Com
bina
tion
Met
er(I
llum
inat
ion)
Doo
r W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Dim
mer
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
C10 C13C11 C16
218230
218230
218230 136 158 218
230 112
80 90 98104
203 192
80 90 98104
214 180186 169 119
122169174 155 134 78
214112214
119122128
Blo
wer
Mot
or
Cen
ter
Airb
ag S
enso
rA
ssem
bly
EC
T In
dica
tor
Ligh
t(P
WR
) [C
omb.
Met
er]
Airb
ag W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Che
ck C
onne
ctor
(for
Fan
Che
ck)
Che
ck C
onne
ctor
Buc
kle
SW
RH
(for
Con
vert
ible
)
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page )27
58
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
191140162166
C16
112160 145
Fro
nt W
iper
and
Was
her
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Cru
ise
Con
trol
EC
U (
Mot
or)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
136
C17 C19 D3 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D14 E5
119122128
134 152 150 180 180 174 140145 122 122
169
Rea
r W
iper
and
Was
her
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Cru
ise
Con
trol
EC
U (
Vac
uum
)
Cru
ise
Con
trol
EC
U
Def
ogge
r S
W
Dio
de (
for
Key
Off)
Dio
de (
for
O/D
Sys
tem
)
Doo
r Lo
ck E
CU
Dio
de (
for
Inte
rior
Sys
tem
)
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
Ligh
t LH
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
Ligh
t RH
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
LH
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
RH
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
LH
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
RH
Eng
ine
EC
U
30A DEFOGGER
20A WIPER
15A GAUGE
7.5A IGN
15A ECU–B
10A TURN
15A CIG & RADIO
15A TAIL
15A ECU–IG
15A STOP
15A HEAD LH
15A HEAD RH
30A RTR
15A EFI
20A DOME
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RDI FAN
30A CDS FAN
30A POWER
20A FOG
10A A/C
40A HEATER
E4D18D15D2C20
186 136158
104218230
EC
T P
atte
rn S
elec
t SW
Dio
de (
for
Day
time
Run
ning
Ligh
t Sys
tem
)
Hor
n S
W [C
omb.
SW
]
Ligh
t Con
trol
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Turn
Sig
nal S
W[C
omb.
SW
]
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page ) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page ) (3) R/B No. 2 (See page )20 22 26
59
E6
90 218 122128
116134
F1 H1
Ext
ra H
igh
Spe
ed R
elay
8098
E9 F2 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F11 F17 F18 F19 G1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 I11 I13
98218230
Eng
ine
EC
U
Fog
Lig
ht L
H
Fog
Lig
ht R
H
Fro
nt S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t LH
Fro
nt S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t RH
Fro
nt T
urn
Sig
nal L
ight
and
Cle
aran
ce L
ight
LH
Fro
nt T
urn
Sig
nal L
ight
and
Cle
aran
ce L
ight
RH
Fro
nt W
iper
Mot
or
Fue
l Pum
p R
esis
tor
Fog
Lig
ht S
W
Fue
l Pum
p
Fue
l Pum
p an
d F
uel S
ende
r
Fue
l Sen
der
(All–
Trac
/4W
D)
Glo
ve B
ox L
ight
Glo
ve B
ox L
ight
SW
Hea
dlig
ht L
H
Hea
dlig
ht R
H
Hor
n LH
Hor
n R
H
Haz
ard
SW
Hig
h M
ount
Sto
p Li
ght
Igni
tion
Key
Cyl
inde
r Li
ght
I3G2F16E8E7
90169
80 98104
116 152 112128
80 90 98104214
80 214 112119122128
191 112134 130
80 90 96169
136
Inte
rior
Ligh
t
ISC
Val
ve
Eng
ine
and
EC
T E
CU
Eng
ine
EC
U
Eng
ine
EC
U
Eng
ine
and
EC
T E
CU
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page )27
60
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
116
Loca
tion
L1 N4 O1
136 136 132169 160 104 80 162 140
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
112169174
138
L2 L3 L4 O2 O7 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9
136 132
Lice
nce
Pla
te L
ight
Lugg
age
Com
part
men
tD
oor
Cou
rtes
y S
W (
C/P
)Lu
ggag
e C
ompa
rtm
ent
Ligh
t (C
/P)
Lugg
age
Com
part
men
tLi
ght (
L/B
)
Noi
se F
ilter
(for
Def
ogge
r S
yste
m)
O/D
Sol
enoi
d
Oil
Pre
ssur
e S
W
O/D
Mai
n S
W
Pow
er S
eat M
otor
(for
Lum
ber
Sup
port
)P
ower
Sea
t Mot
or(f
or S
ide
Sup
port
)
Pow
er S
eat S
W
Pow
er W
indo
w M
aste
r S
W
Pow
er W
indo
w M
otor
RH
Pow
er W
indo
w S
W R
H
Pan
el R
elay
(for
Day
time
Run
ning
Lig
ht S
yste
m)
Qua
rter
Pow
erW
indo
w M
otor
LH
30A DEFOGGER
20A WIPER
15A GAUGE
7.5A IGN
15A ECU–B
10A TURN
15A CIG & RADIO
15A TAIL
15A ECU–IG
15A STOP
15A HEAD LH
15A HEAD RH
30A RTR
15A EFI
20A DOME
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RDI FAN
30A CDS FAN
30A POWER
20A FOG
10A A/C
40A HEATER
Q1 Q2P2O8O6N2N1
112214104
Qua
rter
Pow
erw
indo
w S
W
Pow
er W
indo
w M
otor
LH
Oxy
gen
Sen
sor
(All–
Trac
/4W
D)
Oxy
gen
Sen
sor
(for
Ex.
Cal
iforn
ia)
Neu
tral
Sta
rt S
W a
nd B
ack–
Up
Ligh
t SW
(w
/ EC
T o
f A/T
)
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght S
W(w
/o E
CT
of A
/T)
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page ) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page ) (6) R/B No. 2 (See page )20 22 26
61
R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10
218230
119122138
Rad
io a
nd P
laye
r(w
/ CD
Pla
yer)
130 160 150 164 180186 178
R11 R12 R13 R20 R21 R24 R25 S1 S7 S8 S9
218230 112 112
212 206 164 119122 122 112 122 124 130 116 122 206
208
Rad
io a
nd P
laye
r(w
/o C
D P
laye
r)
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or S
W
Ret
ract
Con
trol
Rel
ay
Ret
ract
Con
trol
Rel
ay(f
or C
AN
AD
A)
Rhe
osta
t
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght L
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]R
ear
Turn
Sig
nal L
ight
LH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht L
H]
Sto
p Li
ght L
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]Ta
il an
d R
ear
Sid
e M
arke
rLi
ght L
H [R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght R
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]R
ear
Turn
Sig
nal L
ight
RH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht R
H]
Sto
p Li
ght R
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]Ta
il an
d R
ear
Sid
e M
arke
rLi
ght R
H [R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]
Rea
r W
indo
w D
efog
ger
Rea
r W
iper
Mot
or a
nd R
elay
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or L
H
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or R
H
Shi
ft Lo
ck E
CU
Ste
reo
Com
pone
ntA
mpl
ifier
(w/ C
D P
laye
r)
R26R3R2R1Q3
128 116 208
Spe
ed S
enso
r(f
or C
ruis
e C
ontr
ol S
yste
m)
Qua
rter
Pow
erW
indo
w M
otor
RH
Rad
iato
r F
an M
otor
Ret
ract
Mot
or L
H
Ret
ract
Mot
or R
H
RE
CIR
C/F
RE
SH
Con
trol
Ser
vo M
otor
(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page )27
62
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
Turn
Sig
nal F
lash
er
166
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
T3 V5 W1 W2 W3
80 90130169178180186
80 90 98104
VS
V (
for
EG
R S
yste
m)
VS
V (
for
Ele
ctric
alId
le–U
p S
yste
m)
VS
V (
for
T–V
IS)
Wat
er M
otor
Wat
er T
emp.
Sen
der
Wat
er T
emp.
SW
(for
Fan
s C
ontr
ol)
Def
ogge
r R
elay
Dio
de
Inte
grat
ion
Rel
ay
EF
I Mai
n R
elay
Rad
iato
r F
an R
elay
No.
1
Pow
er M
ain
Rel
ay
30A DEFOGGER
20A WIPER
15A GAUGE
7.5A IGN
15A ECU–B
10A TURN
15A CIG & RADIO
15A TAIL
15A ECU–IG
15A STOP
15A HEAD LH
15A HEAD RH
30A RTR
15A EFI
20A DOME
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RDI FAN
30A CDS FAN
30A POWER
20A FOG
10A A/C
40A HEATER
W4V4V2V1T2S16S15S14S12S11S10
136 166 158 134 214 104 80 80 150152
174 214 218230
160 80 90 98
136138155
80 90 98104169
218230
140162164
Wat
er T
emp.
SW
(for
O/D
Sys
tem
)
VS
V (
for
Turb
o C
harg
ing
Pre
ssur
e)
Turb
o C
harg
ing
Pre
ssur
eS
enso
r
Sea
t Bel
t Sol
enoi
d(P
asse
nger
’s)
Sea
t Bel
t Sol
enoi
d(D
river
’s)
Sun
Roo
f Mot
or
Per
sona
l Lig
ht[S
unro
of S
W]
Sun
Roo
f Con
trol
Rel
ay
Sto
p Li
ght S
W
[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 2 (See page 23)(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page ) (6) : R/B No. 3 (See page ) (7) : R/B No. 5 (See page )
20 22 2627 26 27
63
80
Hea
ter R
elay
Fog
Lig
ht R
elay
A/C
Con
dens
er F
an R
elay
No.
2
A/C
Mag
netic
Clu
tch
Rel
ay
Hor
n R
elay
Fue
l Pum
p C
ontr
ol R
elay
A/C
Con
dens
er F
an R
elay
No.
3
218230
122128
218230 191
66
POWER SOURCE
B
AAAC
4
4
2
4
4
2I 2
IE110IE117 EB13
1
1
1
2
2
2
AM1
AM210
43
2
9
ACC
IG1
IG2
EB
BATTERY
FUSE BOX
1
3271
W B
W
W
W
G–R
L
W WW
B
B–R W
B–O
W–B
W–L
B–R W W W
W
W
GR
L–R
B–O
W–L
W
B–R
IGNITION SW
30A POWER
40A HEATER
30A TOP STACK
TO ABSRELAY
60A
AB
S
30A
AM
2
40A
AM
1
100A
ALT
FL MAIN 2. 0L
F10
I12
W
DA B C
A4
D2 B3 B6 B2
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
ET11
E 7 : (3S–GTE)E 8 : (EX. 3S–GTE)
I 8 : CANADAI 9 : USA
20A FOG
332 1W Y
2C
3
2A
5
2E
814
2
5 3
ENGINE MAINRELAY
30A RDI FAN
30A CDS FAN
1I
1
1 4
2 3
30A DEFOGGER
15A ECU–B
15A STOP
15A TAIL
TAILLIGHTRELAY
1A
6
1A
7
1H
7
1A
5 7. 5A IGN
15A GAUGE
20A WIPER
10A TURN
15A CIG & RADIO
15A ECU–IG
2B4
2D3
1 3
2 4
2D6
W
15A HEAD (RH)
15A HEAD (LH)
HEADLIGHTRELAY
15A HAZ–HORN
20A DOME
15A EFI
30A RTR
2B3 2B2
2E52E6
67
TAILLIGHT RELAY3–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)
ENGINE MAIN RELAY4–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
HEADLIGHT RELAY1–2 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
I12 IGNITION SW 4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION9–10 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F10A 28 (3S–GTE)
F10C 28 (3S–GTE) I12 33
F10B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
F10D 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 26 R/B NO. 2 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3 26 R/B NO. 3 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A22 (2WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)2A23 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B22 (2WD)
2B23 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C22 (2WD)
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C23 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
2D22 (2WD)
2D23 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E22 (2WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E23 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
38 (3S–GTE)
EB1 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EB1
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
38 (3S–GTE)
ET1 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)ET1
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDEREB
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 7 38 (3S–GTE) I 2
38 (3S–GTE)ENGINE WIRE
I 8 46 COWL WIRE
E 8 40 (5S–FE)ENGINE WIRE
I 9
46 COWL WIRE
E 8
42 (3S–GTE)
SERVICE HINTS
70
STARTING AND IGNITION (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
4 4
4 4
IE117 IE110
EB12
AM2
AM14
10 9
7
ACCIG1ST1
E 5
EB1
1
2
1
1
2
4A
IG
ES2
1
ES2
4
12
STJ STA
M
A
B
11
4
4 3
7 2
2 1
IG2
WB–R
B–W
B–W
WB–R
BWB–R
B
B–W
B–O B–O
B
B
G
B
B
B
B
G
W–B
B–R
BATTERY
FUSE BOX
STARTERRELAY
IGNITION SW
COLDSTARTINJECTOR START
INJECTORTIME SW
CLUTCHSTART SW
FL MAIN 2. 0L
30A
AM
2
100A
ALT
40A
AM
1
STARTER
F10
S 5 , S 6
I12
C 4
S 4
C12
A B
I 9 : USAI 8 : CANADA
2B3 2B2
2E6 2E5
71
EB EC
2
1
E 7 E 9
E 9
I 7
18
4122143
21
5 3
+B2 +B
G2 G– NE G1
G2 G– ME G1 IGT IGF1
IG–
W–B BR
( SE
ALE
D)
L B Y R W B–Y
W–
B
W–L
W–L
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O B–O B–O
W–L
B
IGT IGF TAC
TO TACHOMETER
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITIONSYSTEM)
IGNITION COIL
CHECKCONNECTOR
IGNITERDISTRIBUTOR
ENGINE ECU
N 3
I 5
C 1
I 4
E 6
D 1
5 17 4 18 20 3
2A5
2C5
72
STARTING AND IGNITION (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
STARTER RELAY(4) 2–(4) 4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
C 4 COLD START INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING
C12 CLUTCH START SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I12 IGNITION SW4–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION9–10 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 28 (3S–GTE) F10 28 (3S–GTE) S 4 29 (3S–GTE)
C 4 28 (3S–GTE) I 4 29 (3S–GTE) S 5 A 29 (3S–GTE)
C12 32 I 5 29 (3S–GTE) S 6 B 29 (3S–GTE)
D 1 28 (3S–GTE) I12 33
E 6 33 N 3 29 (3S–GTE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
2A 23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B 23 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)2C
23(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E 23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
ES2 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 38 (3S–GTE) FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 38 (3S–GTE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 5 I 7 46 ENGINE WIRE
E 7 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE I 8 46COWL WIRE
E 9
38 (3S GTE) ENGINE WIRE
I 9 46COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
74
STARTING AND IGNITION (2WD)
AM2
AM14
10 9
7
ACCIG1ST1
IE117 EB14IE110
EB12
1
3 6
4 4
4 4
4 3
12
I 8
2
1
EB1
P
N
2
3
B
A
A
B
2
1
M
IG
4A
IG2
B
A
B–O B–O
B–WB–W
( 5S
–FE
,M
/T)
B
B B
( 4A
–FE
,M
/T)
B
B
B–R
B
B–R
B–R
B–
R
B–W
B–W
B–W
B–W
W–B
WW
W
(5S–FE)
(4A–FE)
1
IGNIITON SW
NEUTRALSTART SW(A/T)
STARTER RELAY(M/T)
CLUTCHSTART SW
(W/ ECT)
FUSE BOX
BATTERY
STARTER
40A
AM
1
100A
ALT
30A
AM
2
11
N 1 , N 2
F10
S 5 , S 6
C12
FL MAIN 2. 0L
I12
B A
A B
(A/T
)
B( M
/T)
( M/T
)
B
ES11
B
( 4A
–F
E,
A/T
)
( 5S
–F
E,
A/T
)
( 4A
–FE
)
E 5
B
BB
TO ENGINE ANDECT ECU
B( A
/T)
(W/O ECT)
(W/O ECT)
(W/ ECT)
I 9 : USAI 8 : CANADA
E 8
2E52E6
2B22B3
75
DISTRIBUTOR
IGNITER
2
1
I 7 I 7
E 9
E 9
18
4 2 1 3 4 2
6 7 8 9
3 5
21
18
A
B B B B B
AAAAA
B B B BB
A
EC ECEB
1 2
E 7
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
22 3 5 18 17
20 3 18 17 5
1 4 2 6 5
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
B–O
B–O
B B
B–O
W–L
B
B–Y W R B
B W B–Y R B L
W–
LW
–L
B–
O
B–O
B
B–O
E 9 : 5S–FEE 7 : 4A–FE
TO TACHOMETER
CHECKCONNECTOR
CHECKCONNECTOR
IGNITION COIL
DISTRIBUTOR
IGN
ITE
R
IIA
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITIONSYSTEM)
ENGINE ECU ENGINE AND ECT ECU
TO
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
(A/T)
(M/T)
(5S–FE)
( 4A
–FE
)
I 1 , I 2
N 3
E 8 E 8 , E 8
I4
D 1
I 5
C 1
C 1
A B
1
2
A B
IGT IGF1 NE G1 G– IGT IGF1 G1 G– NE–
IG– IG–
TAC IGT IGF G1 G– NE–
+B +B2
1
B
A
4
4
Y
NE
NE
2C5
2A5
76
STARTING AND IGNITION (2WD)
I12 IGNITION SW 4–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION9–10 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
C12 CLUTCH START SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
STARTER RELAY(4) 2–(4) 4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
N 1, N 2 NEUTRAL START SW (A/T)2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION (W/ECT)1–2 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION (W/O ECT)
C 4 COLD START INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) F10 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) N 2 A 30 (5S–FE)
C 4 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) I 1 A 31 (4A–FE) N 3 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
C12 32 I 2 B 31 (4A–FE) S 5 A 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
D 1 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) I 4 30 (5S–FE) S 6 B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
E 8 33 I 5 30 (5S–FE)
E 8A 33 I12 33
E 8B 33 N 1 B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
2A 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB140 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EB142 (4A–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
ES1 42 (4A–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB40 (5S–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDEREB42 (4A–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC40 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEC42 (4A–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 540 (5S–FE) E 9 40 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIREE 542 (4A–FE) I 7 46
ENGINE WIRE
E 740 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIREI 8 46
COWL WIREE 742 (4A–FE)
ENGINE WIREI 9 46
COWL WIRE
E 840 (5S–FE)
E 842 (4A–FE)
SERVICE HINTS
78
CHARGING
8
9
IG216 IG215
C
2 6
C
4
IG L S
1 ALTERNATOR
IC REGULATOR
3 2 1B B B C
B
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
CHARGE WARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
100A
ALT
40A
AM
1
FUSE BOX
W
W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 66)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 66)
W W
B–
RB
–RB
–R
Y W W
B–O
Y
Y
B
F10
C15
A15 , A16
J 3
C A
B B
A A
A
B
3 2
A B
1
A A A2 1 3 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
B
I 5
Y
Y
TO RETRACTCONTROL RELAY(CANADA)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
(2WD)
2B2
2B5
1B8
15AECU–IG
1D5
7. 5AIGN
79
A15(C), A16(A) (B) ALTERNATOR(C) 1–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)(A) 1, (B) 2 –GROUND : 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A15C 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) A16 B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) F10 B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
A15C 31 (4A–FE) C15 32 J 3 33
A16 A 28 (3S–GTE) F10 A 28 (3S–GTE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2B 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG2 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU))
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 46 COWL WIRE
1
1
2 3
X 8 9
1 2
6
C BA16 C15
F10 J 3
A15 BLACK GRAY
BLACK
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
C
CC
CC
C
AA16 BLACK(ALL–TRAC/4WD) (2WD)
2
3 4
A BLACKF10(ALL–TRAC/4WD) B(2WD)
X
X X X
21
3
SERVICE HINTS
80
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE AN OUTLINEOF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCEWHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL THW OF THE ECU.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. WHICH ISINPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ECU.
(3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 OFECU. TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THESENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU (HT).
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEMCRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITIONIS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2 OF THE ECU, AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE .
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNALTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL .
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ECU.
(7) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL AC OF THE ECU.
(8) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGEFOR ECU OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND B1 OF THE ECU.
(9) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VS OF THE ECU.
(10) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE INFORMATION IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ECU.
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU.
(12) ENGINE KNOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL KNK OF THEECU.
(13) ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGHELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO (12))INPUTS TO THE ECU. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU. THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUELINJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #1, #2, #3 AND #4 OF THE ECU. CAUSING THEINJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM. WHICH THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU. FINELY CONTROLSFUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEMTHE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11) INPUT TOTHE ECU FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU. THE MOST APPROPRIATEINJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU. THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THEIGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
81
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
COMPUTER OPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP CONTROL RELAY AND THUS CONTROLSTHE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS.
* OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYTERM TURNS THE HEATER TO ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP.OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS LOW). AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THESENSOR. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 6, 8, 9, 11)), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TOTERMINAL HT AND CONTROLS THE HEATER.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PRVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHENTHE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THESIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4 TO 8, 11, 13)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1 AND ISC2 ANDCONTROLS THE ISC VALVE.
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
WITH THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM, THE ECU EVALUATES THE (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 10)), FROM EACH SENSOR, CURRENT ISOUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR AND OPERATION OF THE EGR VALVE IS CONTROLLED.
* INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
IN THE INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM, EACH CYLINDER IN THE INTAKE MANIFOLD IS DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS, WITH AN INTAKEAIR CONTROL VALVE INSTALLED IN THE PASSAGE ON ONE SIDE. THE OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE VALVE PROVLDES THEMOST APPROPRIATE INTAKE AIR FLOW AND, AS WELL AS PREVENTING PERFORMANCE LOSS AT LOW SPEEDS, ALSO IMPROVESFUEL ECONOMY. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TOTERMINAL TVIS CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR T–VIS) AND, CARRIES OUT OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE VALVE.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEMIS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OFTHE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM. THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
82
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
AM1
AM210
4 7
9
ST1
IG2
2 4 3
1
6 4 1
23
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
E 7
I 6
E 3
4 4
5
3B2
4 4
5 5 5
IE220IE219
BP112
IG220
IE110 IE117 EB11
EB12
IF115
M
2
1
IG25
BL
IE218
I12IGNITION SW
2
63 4
2 7
4
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
1
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.1
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.2
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.3
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.4 J/B
NO. 3
E10EFI RESISTOR
STA
RTE
RR
ELA
Y
3
1 2
4
FUEL PUMPCONTROL RELAY
F17
FU
EL
PU
MP
RE
SIS
TO
R
F18FUEL PUMP
B
B–Y
L–B
G–R
L
G
Y
G
R
W–B
B–WW
B
W B–R
W B–R
W B–R
B
BB
B
B–Y
L–O
L–O
L–W
L–B
G–R
G–R
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
B–W
B–W
W–B
W–BLYGR
G
W–B
B
L–B
L–B
CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY
B
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
TO
CLU
TC
HS
TA
RT
SW
FU
SE
BO
XF
10
I 2 : USAI 1 : CANADA
40A
AM
1
100A
ALT
30A
AM
2
I7 I8 I9 I10
C10
I8:
US
AI9
:C
AN
AD
A
2E5 2E6
2B2 2B3
1E4
1A4
83
EB ID
1
2
1H72C4 1B7
1E5
3B9
1D61D1
2C102A5
2E8
IG219
ES24
IJ13
IG27
IG14
I 6
E 7
5
A A B B B B A A A B
B
A
A
A A A
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
B–O
B–Y
B–O
B–Y
P
L–B
B–Y
G–R
G
L
Y
G
R
W–B
G
B–W
GL–Y
L–WRGYLG
G–R
P
G–W O
P
P
B–O
W–B
B–Y
L–B
L–B
G–W
G–R
R–Y
P
B–W
G G
B–W
7. 5AIGN
15AEFI
15ASTOP
15ATAIL
DIODE
15AGAUGE
B A
CHECK ENGINE[COMB. METER]
52
71079
WELS
STJACATSSPD
FR
OM
DE
FOG
GE
RS
WJUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 2
STOPLIGHT SW
S10
EFIMAINRELAY
FPR FC #4 #3 #2
BATT STP
#1
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
J2
2
A17A/CAMPLIFIER
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R[C
OM
B.
ME
TER
]
C14
A
AA J 6
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
TOA
/CM
AG
NE
TIC
CLU
TC
HR
ELA
Y
FR
OM
STA
RT
INJE
CT
OR
TIM
ES
W TO
CO
LDS
TAR
TIN
JEC
TO
R
C
C
J/BNO. 3
1 4
6 14 24 25 11 12
7
31 2
33 4
1
2
ENGINE ECU
BR
L–W
B
B
C13 , C14
E 6 , E 7 E 8B C AY
B B
R–L
PR
–L
A
LG–B
21
ACT
IG21
IH11
11
G–Y
L–Y
6
2D1
2C6
84
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
E 7
E 9
1
2
1
2
1
2
I 7 E 9 I 7
E 9
34 2
THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR
T 1
1
2
1
2
ES25
ES22
C11
VTA
C12
IDL
C1
VC
C5
PIM
C4
THW
C9
E2
C10
THG
B
TVIS
B9
RSC
B10
RSO
B6
EGR
B2
TPC
A11
STA
B5
G2
B17
G–
B4
NE
B18
G1
B20
IGT
B3
IGF
E 7
3 13 4 1 2 2 1
1
1
2 5 3 4
2
3 2
E 9
G2 G– NE G1 IGT IGF
E
+B2 +B TAC
PIMVC
1
1 2
B–O
B
P
B–Y
B–Y
L–B
W–L
B–Y
B–Y
B–O
P–L
P–L
R–W
BR
P–L
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–O
W–L
B–
O
B
W–L
B–
Y
B–
Y
B–
Y
B–
Y
B–Y
G–W
G–
B
G–R
L–R L B Y R W B–Y
P–B P P
–L
R–W
R
BR
L
L
RB
R
BR
BR
BR
P–
L
BR
P–
L
P–B P
P
DISTRIBUTOR IGNITER
IGNITIONCOIL
TO
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
P–
L
R–
W
P–L
TO
BO
OS
TM
ET
ER
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
EFI WATERTEMP.SENSOR
EG
RG
AS
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R( F
OR
CA
LIF
OR
NIA
)
SH
OR
TP
IN( E
X.
CA
LIF
OR
NIA
)
TO CRUISECONTROL ECU
TU
RB
OC
HA
RG
ING
PR
ES
SU
RE
SE
NS
OR
ENGINE ECU
E 6 , E 7 , E 8
T3
E 2
E3
E3
B C A
I 5
V4
B–O
W–
L
D 1 I 4
B–Y
B
I 7
E 5
B–Y
E 5
VS
V( F
OR
EG
RS
YS
TE
M)
V1
VS
V( F
OR
TU
RB
OC
HA
RG
ING
PR
ES
SU
RE
)
ISC
VA
LVE
I3VS
V( F
OR
T–V
IS)
V5
I 6
(SHIELDED)
A12 A13
IG218
L–B
P
LGB–Y
B–Y
B–Y
+B +B1
1
E 5
E 7
BR
BR BR
BR
BR
85
I 7
E 5
C8
VF
C15
TE1
C14
TE2
B8
HT
C6
OX
C3
THA
C2
VS
B26
EO2
B13
EO1
B14
E1
C13
KNK
9 6 7 1 3
7 6 1
2 8 1 3 2 4
VF TE1 HTRTE2 +
W +B FP E1 HTRB E
EC
E 5
P
B–Y
L–B
BR
B–Y BR
W
OV–
Y
P–
B
GR
GR
–B
W–B
W–B BR W
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
(SHEILDED)( S
HIE
LDE
D)
BR
BR
BR
B–Y
L–B
W–L
B–Y
(SHIELDED)
KNOCKSENSOR
AIR FLOWMETER
OXYGEN SENSORCHECKCONNECTOR
ENGINE ECU
O 8
A42 K 1
C 1
B C A
5 4E2 VC
THA VS
P–LBR
E 6 , E 7 , E 8
I 7
BR
P
18
IG–
W–L
4
OX2
LG
I 7
WW
IG22
86
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
EFI MAIN RELAY4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
E10 EFI RESISTOR2–1, 3, 4, 5 : 5–7 Ω
I 7, I 8, I 9, I10 INJECTOR1–2 : 2–4 Ω
F17 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR1–2: APPROX. 73 Ω
A42 AIR FLOW METER1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE OPEN5–6 : 200–600 Ω (MEASURING PLATE CLOSED)
20–1000 Ω (MEASURING PLATE OPEN)5–4 : 200–400 Ω5–7 : 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 KΩ (0°C, 32°F)2–3 KΩ (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 KΩ (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 KΩ (60°C, 140°F)
E 2 EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR1–2: 10–20 KΩ (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 KΩ (0°C, 32°F)2–7 KΩ (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 KΩ (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 KΩ (60°C, 140°F)0.2–0.4 KΩ (80°C, 176°F)
T 1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR2–4: 0.2–0.8 KΩ WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN)3–4: LESS THAN 2.3 KΩ WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.020 IN)
Ω WITH 0.7 MM (0.028 IN.)2–4: 3.3–10 KΩ WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN1–4: 3–8 KΩ
E 6, E 7, E 8 ENGINE ECU VOLTAGE AT ECU CONNECTORS
BATT–E1 : 10–14 VOLTS+B, +B1–E1 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)IDL–E2 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VTA–E2 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VC–E2 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)VS–E2 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
1.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)2.0–4.0 VOLTS (IDLING)1.0–2.0 VOLTS (3000 RPM)
THA–E2 : 1.0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, (68°F))THW–E2 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, (176°F))STA–E1 : 6–14 VOLTS (CRANKING)#1, #2, #3, #4 – E01, E02 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)IGT–E1 : 0.7–1.0 VOLTS (CRANKING OR IDLING)TVIS–E1 : 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN2.0 VOLTS OR LESS IDLING10–14 VOLTS WITH 4200 RPM OR MORE
T–E1 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NO CONNECT0.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 CONNECT
AC–E1 : 8–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C SWITCH ONRSC, RSO –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
PIM–E2 : 2.5–4.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
W–E1 : 10–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT OFF) AND ENGINE RUNNING)
RESISTANCE AT ECU CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ECU)
IDL–E1 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)LESS THAN 2300 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA–E2 : 3300–10000 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)200–800 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VS–E2 : 200–600 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)20–1200 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
THA–E2 : 2000–3000 Ω (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW–E2 : 200–400 Ω (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)G1,G2–G– : 140–180 ΩNE–G– : 180–220 ΩRSO, RSC–+B, +B1 : 17.7–23.9 Ω
SERVICE HINTS
87
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A17 32 E10 28 (3S–GTE) J 2 33
A42 28 (3S–GTE) F10 28 (3S–GTE) J 6 33
C 1 28 (3S–GTE) F17 28 (3S–GTE) K 1 33
C10 32 F18 34 O 8 29 (3S–GTE)
C13 B 32 I 3 29 (3S–GTE) S10 33
C14 A 32 I 4 29 (3S–GTE) T 1 29 (3S–GTE)
D 1 28 (3S–GTE) I 5 29 (3S–GTE) T 3 29 (3S–GTE)
E 2 28 (3S–GTE) I 7 29 (3S–GTE) V 1 29 (3S–GTE)
E 3 28 (3S–GTE) I 8 29 (3S–GTE) V 4 29 (3S–GTE)
E 6 B 33 I 9 29 (3S–GTE) V 5 29 (3S–GTE)
E 7 C 33 I10 29 (3S–GTE)
E 8 A 33 I12 33
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
5 27 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B 23 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)2C
23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2D 23 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)2E
23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
ES2 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
IE144 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE244 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG144 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG244 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IH1 44 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IJ1 46 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 38 (3S–GTE) FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 38 (3S–GTE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
BL 48 (L/B) BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 3 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 246 COWL WIRE
E 5 I 646 COWL WIRE
E 7 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE I 7 46 ENGINE WIRE
E 9
38 (3S GTE) ENGINE WIRE
I 8 46COWL WIRE
I 1 46 COWL WIRE I 9 46COWL WIRE
90
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,TRANSMISSION, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCEWHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL THW OF THE ECU.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALTHA OF THE ECU.
(3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 ANDOX2 (CALIFORNIA) OF THE ECU.
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G+ OF THE ECU, AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINALNE+.
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL PSW OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL .
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ECU.
(7) NEUTRAL START SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE NEUTRAL START SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNALTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ECU.
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL ACT OF THE ECU, AND OPERATION A/C IDLE–UP VSV IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL ACA OF THE ECU.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGEFOR ECU OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU.
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VACUUM SENSOR AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL PIM OF THEECU.
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU.
(12) ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGHELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO (12))INPUTS TO THE ECU. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUELINJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE ECU, CAUSING THE INJECTORSTO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU, FINELY CONTROLS FUELINJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
DURING ENGINE CRANKING (SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL STA ) OR FOR APPROX. 2 SECONDS AFTER NE SIGNAL INPUT, ECUOPERATION ENERGIZES (POINT CLOSED) THE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT INSIDE THE CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY, CAUSING THE FUELPUMP TO OPERATE.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 10, 11)) INPUT TO THE ECUFROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITIONTIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU. THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TOPRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
91
* ISC (IDLE AIR CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHENTHE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THESIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4 TO 8, 11, 12)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL ISCC AND ISCO, ANDCONTROLS THE ISC VALVE.
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR INPUT TOTHE ECU (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 5, 6, 9)) AND BY SENDING OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE ECU.
* A/C CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
WHEN THE VEHICLE SUDDENLY ACCELERATES FROM LOW ENGINE SPEED, THIS SYSTEM CUTS OFF AIR CONDITIONEROPERATION FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF TIME IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE SPEED AND THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE INORDER TO MAINTAIN ACCELERATION PERFORMANCE.
THE ECU RECEIVES INPUT SIGNALS (5, 6), AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO TERMINAL ACT.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTIONING IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTION SYSTEMIS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OFTHE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
92
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE A/T)
2A5 2C10
2C4
2E8
IE110 IE117 EB11
AM1
AM210
4 7
9
ST1
IG2
IG27
E 7
E 5
E 5
1
36
E11
B A
A A C
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
EB
B–W
B–O
B–Y
BR
BR
W
B–O
B
B–RW
W B–R
B–O
B–Y
W–
B
B–O
B–O
B–O
PP
Y–L
B–Y
GR
WY
B–O
YWYW
W–B
W
B–R
BR
BATT ISCV
THA#10#20
1 7
31211
B–O
BATTERY
FL MAIN 2. 0L
NO. 1 NO. 2 NO. 3 NO. 4
EFI MAINRELAY
FUSE BOX
IGNITION SW
15AEFI
INJECTOR
30A
AM
2
100A
ALT
40A
AM
1
INA
IRT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
A/C
IDLE
–UP
VS
V
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
I12
F10
I 7 I 8 I 9 I10
I6
A3
ENGINE AND ECT ECU
E 6 , E 7 , E 8C B A
1
3
2
4
E 5
I 7
B–O
B–O
B–O
C
1
2
R
THW
4E
FIW
AT
ER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
E2
C
1
2
R
THG
10
EG
RG
AS
TEM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( FO
RC
AR
IFO
RN
IA)
E3
BR
A
1
2
L–B
B–Y
EGR
23
VS
V( F
OR
EG
RS
YS
TE
M)
V1
2E5 2E6
2B2 2B3
1H7
7. 5AIGN
93
2* : DIAL TYPE OF BLOWER CONTROL SW1* : PUSH TYPE OF BLOWER CONTROL SW
ENGINE AND ECT ECU
E 6 , E 7 , E 8C B A
1E51B7
1D6
E 7 I 6
1
2
C
3 1
2
C
A
A A
AB B C
B B B B B
B
C C CC
IJ13
IH11
3B9
34 2 1
3 2 1
2
1
VC PIM E2
E2IDLVTAVC
I 7
16 11 92 15 21 16 13
2541312109
BR
BR
P–L
P–B P
BR
P–L
GR
–B
BR
L–Y
LG–B
B–Y
L–R
W
BRP
–L
G–W
B–W B–Y
B–Y
G–W
G–W
R–L
P
R–Y
O
P
G–R
B–Y
B–O
B–W B–W
B–O
B–Y
P
IG2
18B–Y B–Y
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
15ASTOP
15AGAUGE
15ATAIL
ISC VALVE
STOP LIGHT SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
CHECK ENGINE[COMB. METER]
J/BNO. 3
FROMDEFOGGER SW
DIO
DE
7
3
ISCC ISCO +B +B1 B/K W ELS
KNKSP2ACTATSPIM E2VTAE21
TO CRUISECONTROL ECU(W/ ABS)
THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR
VACUUM SENSOR(FOR EFI SYSTEM)
KNOCKSENNSOR
TO
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R( F
OR
EC
T)
TO
A/C
EV
AP
OR
AT
OR
TEM
P.
SE
NN
SO
R
T 1 V 3
K 1
J 2
C13 ,C 14
S10
I 3
B A
B–Y
2
3 1
1D1
I 7 G–Y
E 7
E 7
I 6
B–Y
B3
Y–R
THE
B
IJ14
17
8
B–Y
ACA
B–Y
IG21
L–Y
E 5
C1
VC
BRBR
BR
C12
P
IDL
GR
–BP–B
( SH
IELD
ED
)
A/C AMPLIFIERA17
P
P
R–L
11
94
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE A/T)
E 9
I 6
I 6
I 7
1 2
2 3 4 1 2 7 9 6 4
1 4 5
2
4 3 5 2 8 1 3 2 3
1 1
M
6
2
A A A
A A A B B B BC C
A C C C
IF115
EB14
IG219
IG220
P
N
2
3
EC ID BI
AA
A
B–Y
B–O
B–W
W–B
Y–L B
B–
O
W–L
Y–L
B–Y
B
W R B B–Y W B
V–Y O W BR
L–B B
L–B
G
W–B
L–B
L–B
B
B–WG
L–WW
W
W
BR
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
B–W
B–W
B–W
BB
NE– G+ G– IGF IGT DG VF TE1
STANSWFCSPDOX1OX2E1E02E01
IGF IGT TE2 VF TE1 OX
EFP+BW
TO TACHOMETER
IGNITION COIL
DISTRIBUTOR IGNITER CHECK CONNECTOR
ENGINE AND ECT ECU
FUEL PUMP
(SHEILDED)
(SHEILDED)
13 26 14 5 6 9 14 22 11
158720317185
NEUTRALSTART SW
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( SU
B)
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( MA
IN)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
CIR
CU
ITO
PE
NIN
GR
ELA
Y
B–Y
BR
O4
O3
J 6
F16
E 6 , E 7 , E 8
D 1 I 4 C 1
C B A
I 5
N 2
C10
( SH
EIL
DE
D)
L–B
NE G1 G–
+BTAC +B2
E 5I 7
( SH
EIL
DE
D)
E 5
I 7
BR
BR
W–B
W–B BR
A
NE+
4
NE–
1
IG2
2
E 9
B–Y
P
I 5
18
Y–L
ECT
IG–
C14
17
TE2
5
6I 7
B B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 2
SPEED SENSOR[COMB. METER]
C14 A
L L–G
B–
O
BR
BR
L–W
3B2
J/BNO. 3
1A4
1E4
95
X
X 11 X 17
1 2 3 4 X
X 6 7 X
8 9 X X 17
1 2 34 5
3 5 6 7
21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
161514131211109
3 9 10 11
14 15 16 17
12
2620 23
13
1
3 6
X
B A
BC A
A17 C 1
K 1
D 1 E 2
E 3
F10
C13 C14
E 6 E 7 E 8
BLACK
GRAY
DARK GREENBLACKBROWN
DARK GRAY
DARK GRAY
1 2 4 5 8 9 X 11
12 22
X
2113
X
3
14 15 X X X X
7 X
X X X
2
X 6 1 2 3
1 2
7 9
C C C
A A
A A A A
1 2 3 4
1 2 3
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
BLACKBLUEBLACK
DARK GRAYDARK GRAY
X 2 3
X X
GRAY
GRAY
BLACK
BLACK
BLACKGRAYDARK GRAY
O 3 O 4 S10
T 1 V 1 V 3
N 2
J 6J 2I12I 7, I 8, I 9, I10
I 6I 5I 4I 3F16
C C C
B
B
B
B
X
18
X
BLACK
4
10
1 2
X
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
X
2
1 2 3 4
1 2
18
4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 1 2
1 2
1
C10 DARK GRAYA 3 BLACK
96
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE A/T)
E 6, E7, E8 ENGINE AND ECT ECUVOLTAGE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORBATT–E1 : ALWAYS 10.0–14.0 VOLTS+B–E1 : 10–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)+B1–E1 : 10–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)IDL–E2 : 8.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)VTA–E2 : 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
: 3.2–4.2 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)PIM–E2 : 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)#10, #20 – E01, E02 : 10–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)THA–E2 : 1.9–2.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW–E2 : 0.1–1.1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)STA–E1 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)IGT–E1 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING OR IDLING)W–E1 8.0–14.0 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)ACT–E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)ACA–E1 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)TE1–E1 : 10–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT CONNECTED)
: 1.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 CONNECTED)
NSW–E1 : 0–2.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND NEUTRAL START SW POSITION P OR N RANGE): 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. NEUTRAL START SW POSITION P OR N RANGE)
B/K–E1 : 10–14.0 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)
RESISTANCE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
IDL–E2 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)2.3 KΩ OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA–E2 : 3.3–10.0 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)0.2–0.8 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VC–E2 : 3.0–7.0 KΩTHA–E2 : 2.0–3.0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW–E2 : 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)G+, NE+ – G– : 0.17–0.21 KΩISCC, ISCO–+B, +B1 : 19.3–22.3 Ω
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 3 30 E 8 A 33 I12 33
A17 32 F10 30 (5S–FE) J 2 33
C 1 30 (5S–FE) F16 34 (L/B) J 6 33
C10 32 I 3 30 (5S–FE) K 1 30
C13 B 32 I 4 30 (5S–FE) N 2 30 (5S–FE)
C14 A 32 I 5 30 (5S–FE) O 3 30 (5S–FE)
D 1 30 (5S–FE) I 6 30 (5S–FE) O 4 30 (5S–FE)
E 2 30 (5S–FE) I 7 30 (5S–FE) S10 33
E 3 30 (5S–FE) I 8 30 (5S–FE) T 1 30 (5S–FE)
E 6 C 33 I19 30 (5S–FE) V 1 30 (5S–FE)
E 7 B 33 I10 30 (5S–FE) V 3 30 (5S–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
SERVICE HINTS
97
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG2 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IH1 44 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IJ1 46 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
BI 48 (L/B) UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 5 I 6 46 COWL WIRE
E 740 (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE
I 7 46 ENGINE WIRE
E 940 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE
E11
I 5 46 COWL WIRE
98
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE M/T)
IE110 IE117 EB11
IG272A5 2C10
2C41H7
2E8
E 5
E 7
AM1
AM210
4 7
9
ST1
IG2
C
1
2
A
EB
1
6
1
2
1
2
1
2
E 5
1
2
1
2
A A B B
B–RW
B–O
B–O
B–O
PP
L–B
B–Y
B–Y
B–W
B–O
B–Y
B–RW B–O
7. 5AIGN
15AEFI
2 23
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
25 12 3 4
EFI MAINRELAY
VS
V( F
OR
EG
RS
YS
TEM
)
IGNITION SWI12
V1
W B–R
W–B
B–O
B
B–O
B–O
B–O
YWYW
Y W
BR
BR
#20 #10 THA THW
B–O
Y
BR
W
GR R
2
3
1
FUSE BOX
FL MAIN 2. 0L
BATTERY
INA
IRT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
EF
IWA
TER
TEM
P.
SE
NS
OR
F10 I6 E2
BATT EGR
E 6 , E 7 , E 8
ENGINE ECU
B C A
1 2
3 4
40A
AM
1
100A
ALT
30A
AM
2
A1
ISCV
E11
I 7
E 5
1
2
B–O
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.1
I7 I8 I9 I10
A/C
IDLE
–UP
VS
VA
3
Y–L
B–Y
B–O
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.2
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.3
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.4
2B2 2B3
2E5 2E6
99
2* : DIAL TYPE OF BLOWER CONTROL SW1* : PUSH TYPE OF BLOWER CONTROL SW
ENGINE ECU
E 6 , E 7 , E 8B C A
1D6
1D
1
E 7 I 6IG218
A A C C B C C
B
A
1
9 10 7 1 14 8 12
7
3
15ASTOP
15ATAIL
ISC VALVEDIODE
G–W
B–W B–Y
B–Y
P
O
B–Y
R–L
R–Y
B–W
B–O
B–Y
B–O
B–Y
B–Y
P
B–O
B–Y B–Y
2
3
I 3
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
IJ14 IJ13
I 7 E 7
2
B B B B B C C C B B A A
E2 VC PIM E21 THG ACA ACT ATS VTA IDL E01 E02
ISCC ISCO B B1 THE W ELS
2
3 2 1 17 11 3
1
9 11 2 16 13 3 6 10 10 12 13 26
BR
GR
–B
P–L
BR
L
B–Y
LG–B
B–Y
P–B P
P
W–B
W–B
VC PIM E
VACUUM SENSOR(FOR EFI SYSTEM) A/C AMPLIFIER
THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR
TO CRUISECONTROL ECU(W/ ABS)
EG
RG
AS
TEM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( FO
RC
ALI
FOR
NIA
)
V 3A17
E3
T 1
3 1
2
E 9
B–W
B–O
G–Y
W–B
W–B
IG22
1E
5
FR
OM
DE
FOG
GE
RR
ELA
Y
I 6P
P
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]
C13
,C14
BA
R–
IG29
Y–R
Y–R
TOA
/CE
VA
PO
RA
TO
RTE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
I 7
IG21
IH11
E 7
E 5
L–Y
L–Y
2 4
1
BR
BR
P–L
BR
BR
BR
P–L
BR
P
L–Y
3B9
LJ/B NO. 3
100
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE M/T)
E 9
4 4
44
EB12
IG220
IG2
19
A A A A A B B
A B B C C A
EC ID BI IG
5
6
2
1
4A
1 4 5
32
M
6
2
IF115
NE– G– NE+ IGT IGF VF TE1
STAFCSPDKNKOX2E1
17 18 4 22 3 8 15
24 1 5 11 4 2
B–W
B–O
P
B–Y
B–Y
B–O
W–L
B–OB
W–L
W–L
L–B
B–Y
O W BR
L–B
B–Y
YBL W B–Y
B–W
B–W
BB
4 3 5
2 8 1 3
2 1
2 4 1 2 1
9 6 4
4 3
NE– G– NE IGT IGF
IG– +B FP E
OXTVF
B
2
A
B
11
A
W–B
W–B W–B W–B
G
B
W
BR
BR
L–B
G
W–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
WW
L–W
BR
B
L–W
ENGINE ECU
E 6 , E 7 , E 8B C A
IGNITION COIL
DISTRIBUTOR IGNITER
CHECK CONNECTOR
TO TACHOMETER
ST
AR
TE
RR
ELA
Y
D 1 I 4
C 1
I 5
( M/T
)
1 2
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
(SHIELDED)
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( SU
B)
KN
OC
KS
EN
SO
R JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
RS
PE
ED
SE
NS
OR
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
CIR
CU
ITO
PE
NIN
GR
ELA
Y
FUEL PUMP
CLU
TCH
ST
AR
TS
W
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
O4
K1
C10
C12
J2
C14
F16
J 6
B
B
+B +B2TAC
I 7
I 7
I 7
I 7
E 5
E 5
BR
I 6
A
G+
5
R
3
G1
18P
B
TE2
7
7
TE2
V–YLG
B
OX1
6
1
WW
( SH
IELD
ED
)
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( MA
IN)
O3
I 7BR
BR
I 8 : CANADAI 9 : USA
3B
2
J/BNO. 3
1A
4
1E
4
101
X
X 11 X 17
1 2 3 4 X
X 6 7 X
8 9 X X X
1 2 3
4 5
3
X
5 6 7 X
3 6
X
2
X 6 1 2 3
1 2
X 7 X 9
B B A A
A A A A
1 2 3
A
A
B C
A17A 3 C10
C12
E 2 E 3
F10 F16 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6
I 7, I 8I 9, I10 I12 J 2 J 6
O 3 O 4 T 1 V 1 V 3
E 8
C14
E 6 E 7 DARK GRAYDARK GREEN DARK GRAY
BLACK DARK GRAY GRAY BLACK BLACK BLACK
GRAY
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK BLUE BLACK
X
18
1
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
4
10
1 2
BLACK
DARK GRAY
BLACK DARK GREEN
X
1 2
C 1 DARK GRAY
1 2 3 4
21
E 2 DARK GREEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
161514131211109
DARK GRAY
64321
1211
X
X 1087
1 2 3 4 X X X 9 10 X
X X X 17 18 24
5 12
25 26XX X 22 23
13
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2
1
K 1 DARK GRAY
1 1 2 1 2 3 41 2
2
1 2
D 1 BLACK
B B
BC13 BROWN
102
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE M/T)
E 6, E 7, E 8 ENGINE ECUVOLTAGE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORBATT–E1 : ALWAYS 10.0–14.0 VOLTS+B–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)+B1–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)IDL–E1 : 8.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)PSW–E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)PIM–E2 : 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)#10, #20 – E01, E02 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)THA–E2 : 1.9–2.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW–E2 : 0.1–1.1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)STA–E1 : 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)IGT–E1 : 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING OR IDLING)ISCC, ISCO–E1 : 8.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)W–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON, NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)ACT–E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)ACA–E1 : 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)TE1–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT CONNECTED)
: 1.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 CONNECTOR)
NSW–E1 : 0–2.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND NEUTRAL START SW POSITION P OR N RANGE)6.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. NEUTRAL START SW POSITION P OR N RANGE)
RESISTANCE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
IDL–E1 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
PSW–E1 : 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
THA–E2 : 2.0–3.0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW–E2 : 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)G+ – G– : 0.17–0.21 KΩISCC, ISCO–+B, +B1 : 19.3–22.3 KΩ
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 3 30 E 7 C 33 I10 30 (5S–FE)
A17 32 E 8 A 33 I12 33
C 1 30 (5S–FE) F10 30 (5S–FE) J 2 33
C10 32 F16 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) J 6 33
C12 32 I 3 30 (5S–FE) K 1 30
C13 B 32 I 4 30 (5S–FE) O 3 30 (5S–FE)
C14 A 32 I 5 30 (5S–FE) O 4 30 (5S–FE)
D 1 30 (5S–FE) I 6 30 (5S–FE) T 1 30 (5S–FE)
E 2 30 (5S–FE) I 7 30 (5S–FE) V 1 30 (5S–FE)
E 3 30 (5S–FE) I 8 30 (5S–FE) V 3 30 (5S–FE)
E 6 B 33 I 9 30 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
SERVICE HINTS
103
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG2 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IH1 44 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX WIRE)
IJ1 46 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
BI48 (L/B)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBI50 (C/P)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 5 I 6 46 COWL WIRE
E 740 (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE
I 7 46 ENGINE WIRE
E 940 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE
I 8 46COWL WIRE
E11 I 9 46COWL WIRE
104
ENGINE CONTROL (4A–FE)
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE ETC. ANOUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCEWHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL THW OF THE ECU.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALTHA OF THE ECU.
(3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX OFTHE ECU.
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEMCRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G1 OF THE ECU, AND RPM SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL NE .
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL PSW OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ECU.
(7) NEUTRAL START SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE NEUTRAL START SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNALTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ECU.
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT TIN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNALTO TERMINAL AC1 OF THE ECU.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEMVOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGEFOR ECU OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU.
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEMINTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VACUUM SENSOR AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL PIM OF THEECU.
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEMTO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO (11))INPUTS TO THE ECU. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUELINJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE ECU, CAUSING THE INJECTORSTO OPERATE IT (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU, FINELY CONTROLS FUELINJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
DURING ENGINE CRANKING (SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL STA ) OR FOR APPROX. 2 SECONDS AFTER NE SIGNAL INPUT, ECUOPERATION ENERGIZES (POINT CLOSED) THE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT INSIDE THE CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY, CAUSING THE FUELPUMP TO OPERATE.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 10, 11)) INPUT TO THE ECUFROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITIONTIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU. THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TOPRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* IDLE–UP SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM
THE IDLE–UP SYSTEM USES THE AIR CONTROL VALVE FOR IDLE–UP TO INCREASE THE RPM AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLINGWHEN THE IDLE SPEED DROPS DUE TO THE ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR(INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4 TO 8)), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL V–ISC AND CONTROLS THE VSV.
* EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR INPUT TOTHE ECU (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 5, 6, 9)) AND BY SENDING OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE ECU.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
105
* A/C CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
WHEN THE VEHICLE SUDDENLY ACCELERATES FROM LOW ENGINE SPEED, THIS SYSTEM CUTS OFF AIR CONDITIONEROPERATION FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF TIME IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE SPEED, THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE ANDINTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN ACCELERATION PERFORMANCE.
THE ECU RECEIVES INPUT SIGNALS (4, 5, 6, 7 AND 10), AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO TERMINAL ACT.
* OVERDRIVE CONTROL SYSTEM
THE ECU CONTROLS THE O/D SOLENOID OF THE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IN RESPONSE TO SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR(INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 6 AND 10)) IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN DRIVABILITY AND ACCELERATION PERFORMANCE.
THE ECU OUTPUTS A SIGNAL FROM TERMINAL OD TO CONTROL THE O/D (CALIFORNIA), TERMINAL ODT (EX. CALIFORNIA) TOCONTROL THE O/D SOLENOID.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTIONING IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTION SYSTEMIS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OFTHE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
106
ENGINE CONTROL (4A–FE)
AM1
AM210
4 7
9
ST1
IG2
IE110 IE117 EB11
IG272 A5 2C10
2C4
E 7
E 7
E 5
A B
B B B B
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
EB
E 5
1
6 3
3 2 1
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–O
B–W
B–Y
Y W P–L
GR
–B
B–O
B–O
B–O
W Y W Y
B–O
W–B
B–RW
W B–R
B–O
B–O
B–O
PP
B–Y
L–B
B–Y
W
B–R
B–O
B
BR
12
PIMVC# 10# 20
BATT EGR
25 12 18 4
VC PIM E
BATTERY
FUSE BOX
VACUUM SENSOR(FOR EFI SYTEM)
NO. 1 NO. 2 NO. 3 NO. 4
IGNITION SW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
15AEFI
VSV(FOR EGRSYSTEM)
EFI MAINRELAY
F10
V 3
V 1
I12
I 7 I 8 I 9 I10
ENGINE ECU
E 5 , E 8A B
B–Y
FL MAIN 2. 0L
1
2
2
4
E 5
40A
AM
1
100A
ALT
30A
AM
2
B–Y
INJECTOR
2E8
2E5 2E6
2B32B2
1H7
7. 5AIGN
107
ENGINE ECU
E 5 , E 8A B
E 5 I 7
I 7
ABB B B B B B B B B
B B B B B
BB B B BB
A A
2 24
1 3131
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
B
IG2
18
B–W
B–O
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–W
B
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
W
W
(SHIELEDED)
B–Y
BR
BR BR
BRBR
BR
L
B W R B
W
( SH
IELE
DE
D)
W
(SHIELEDED)
P–
B
Y–B
Y–B
P–BP
LGR R
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
B–Y
B–
Y
14 6 7 21 8 9
10151515171920162235
1 2
1 4 2 6 5
IIA
IGNITER
DISTRIBUTOR
THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR
IDL PSW
E
HTRE HTRB
+HTR
VS
V( F
OR
ELE
CT
RIC
AL
IDLE
–U
PS
YS
TE
M)
V–ISC IGT IGF NE G1 G–
OXHTODPSWIDLTHGE2E21THWTHA ODT
IN–
AIR
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
EF
IW
AT
ER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
EG
RG
AS
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R( F
OR
CA
LIF
OR
NIA
)
TO
O/D
SO
LEN
OID
,C
RU
ISE
CO
NT
RO
LE
CU
( EX
.C
ALI
FO
RN
IA)
TO
O/D
DIO
DE
,O
/DS
OLE
NO
ID( C
ALI
FO
RN
IA)
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( FO
RE
X.
CA
LIF
OR
NIA
)
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( FO
RC
AL
IFO
RN
IA)
V2
I6
E2
E3
O6 O
5
I 1 , I 2
T 1
A B
A10
1E5
3B9
BAR–L
R–
L
P
7 3
15AGAUGE
FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
J/B NO. 3
CHECK ENGINE[COMB. METER]
C13 , C14B A
I 6
A12A7
IG14IJ13
P
LB–B
B–
W
G–
Y
B–W
B–W
TO
A/C
AM
PLI
FIR
E
TO
A/C
MA
GE
TIC
CLU
TC
H
ACT AC W
P
B–Y
2D1
6 2C
108
ENGINE CONTROL (4A–FE) 1* : A/T EX. CALIFORNIA2* : M/T, FOR CALIFORNIA A/T
I 8 E 5
E 7
I 7
4 4
4 4
EB12
IF115
IG29 IG28
IG220
EB1
4
IG2
19
P
N
2
1
6 49
4 3
8 1 318
2 1
I 7
5
6
2
1
B
B
AAA A
AAB B
B
B
B
ID BIEC IG
AA 4A
M
6
2
1 4 5
32
B–W
B
B–Y
B–Y
PB
B–W B–W B–W
B–W
G
W–BW–B
W
B–Y
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
B–
W
B–
W
B–Y B L–B
O V–Y WB
–W
L–W G B
L–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
B
L–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
BB
BB
B
B–YB
B–
Y
L–B B
L–W
O V–Y( A
/T)
B–W
+B IG– FP E
OXVFT( S
EIL
ED
ED
)
(SEILEDED)
STARTERRELAY
TO TACHOMETER
NEUTRALSTART SW
CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
ENGINE ECU
SPEED SENSOR[COMB. METER]
FUEL PUMP
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R( F
OR
EA
RT
H)
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
9 1 2 8 16
11413242613
E01 E02 E1 SPD FC STA
VFTNSW+B1+B
(A/T)
CLU
TC
HS
TA
RT
SW
C14
N 1
C10CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY
J6
J2
C12
F16
E 5 , E 8
C1
(A/T)
A
A
B
I 6
(M/T)
I 6B–Y
2
P
W
I 8 : CANADAI 9 : USA
E 7
B–
Y
B–
Y
I62
2
3B
2
J/BNO. 3
1E
4
1A
4
109
1 2 3 4 X
X 6 X X
8 9 X X X
1 2 34 5 3
X
X
X 5 6 7 X
21 1 2 X 4 X X 7 8
1615X1312X109
1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11
14 15 16 17 18 24
5 12
25 262019 21 22 X
13
1
3 6
X
2
X 6
1 2X 7 X 9
B B
A A
A A A A
1 21 2
1 2 3
1 2
1 2 3
B BA
A
C 1 C10 C12
A
B
E 2 E 3
I 6
F16
I 7, I 8, I 9, I10 I12 J 2
J 6 N 1 O 5 O 6 T 1
V 1 V 2 V 3
C13
C14 E 5
E 8 I 1 I 2
DAEK GRAY DARK GRAY BROWN
DARK GREEN DARK GRAY
BLACK
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
GRAY BLACK
GRAY DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK
BROWN BLUE BLACK
X
B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
18
4
10
1 2
DARK GRAY
DARK GRAY
1 2
1 2 1 2 X
4 5
21
3 4
1 2
6
1 2
F10 BLACK
110
ENGINE CONTROL (4A–FE)
E 5, E 8 ENGINE ECUVOLTAGE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORBATT–E1 : ALWAYS 10.0–14.0 VOLTS+B–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)+B1–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)IDL–E1 : 8.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)PSW–E1 : 4.0–5.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)PIM–E2 : 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)#10, #20–E01, E02 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)THA–E2 : 1.0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F))THW–E2 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)STA–E1 : 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)IGT–E1 : 0.7–1.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING OR IDLING)WRN–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON, NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)AC–E1 : 8.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)ACT–E1 : 4.0–6.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND HEATER BLOWER SW ON)T–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT CONNECTED)
: 0.5 OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 CONNECTOR)
NSW–E1 : 0–2.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND NEUTRAL START SW POSITION P OR N RANGE): 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. NEUTRAL START SW POSITION P OR N RANGE)
V–ISC–E1 : 10.0–14.0 VOLTS (CRANKINNG FOR 10 SECONDS AFTER STARTING)
RESISTANCE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)IDL–E2 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)PSW–E2 : 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)THA–E1 : 2.0 – 3.0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW–E1 : 0.2 – 0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)G1, NE–G– : 0.17–0.21 KΩ
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 31 (4A–FE) F16 35 (C/P) J 6 33
C10 32 I 1 A 31 (4A–FE) N 1 31 (4A–FE)
C12 32 I 2 B 31 (4A–FE) O 5 31 (4A–FE)
C13 B 32 I 6 31 (4A–FE) O 6 31 (4A–FE)
C14 A 32 I 7 31 (4A–FE) T 1 31 (4A–FE)
E 2 31 (4A–FE) I 8 31 (4A–FE) V 1 31 (4A–FE)
E 3 31 (4A–FE) I 9 31 (4A–FE) V 2 31 (4A–FE)
E 5 A 33 I10 31 (4A–FE) V 3 31 (4A–FE)
E 8 B 33 I12 33
F10 31 (4A–FE) J 2 33
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2D22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
SERVICE HINTS
111
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1 42 (4A–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG144 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG244 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IJ1 46 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 42 (4A–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 42 (4A–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
BI 50 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 542 (4A FE) ENGINE WIRE
I 7 46 ENGINE WIRE
E 742 (4A–FE) ENGINE WIRE
I 8 46COWL WIRE
I 6 46 COWL WIRE I 9 46COWL WIRE
112
ILLUMINATION
3B15 3B16
ET11
2
1A
B
2
1
ID
TAIL
OFF
HEAD
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
( CA
NA
DA
)
B
LG
LG
GG
G
W
2
3
10
1
B
W–G
G–B
W–B
W–B
( US
A)
( CA
NA
DA
)
LG–B
11
2
RE
TR
AC
TC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LAY
( FO
RC
AN
AD
A)
J/B NO. 3
FUSE BOX
GLO
VE
BO
XLI
GH
T
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
R10
F10
G1
C13
,C15
BA
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
COMBINATION SW
A
GLOVE BOXLIGHT SW
C16
G 2
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 6
3B4
3
2
GW
–G
HA
ZA
RD
SW
H5
A W–B
B2
A3
A4
B1
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
100A
ALT BA
I 6
I 2
1
2
(US
A)
DIO
DE
( FO
RD
AY
TIM
ER
UN
NIN
GLI
GH
TS
YS
TE
M) B1
A1
SH
OR
TC
ON
NE
CT
OR
( FO
RD
AY
TIM
ER
UN
NIN
GLI
GH
TS
YS
TE
M)
PA
NE
LR
ELA
Y( F
OR
DA
YT
IME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
SY
ST
EM
)
S15
,S1
6
D18
P9
(CANADA)
( CA
NA
DA
)
BA
3 4
2 1
G
LG
LG–B
LG–
B
G–O
G–O
G–O
R
R
W–B W–B
G
T
TAIL
1I1 1B1 1E2
2 3
1 4
15ATAIL
TAILLIGHTRELAY
1D
7
3B13
J/B NO. 3
3B14
1A
4
1E
4
J/BNO. 3
3B5
3C
7
113
2
1
4
2
I 6
I 6
GG
W–G
W–G
EC
TP
AT
TE
RN
SE
LEC
TS
W
O/D
MA
INS
W
E4
O7
I 5
I 5
2
1
8
2
2
1
4
5
1
2A
B
II110
II25
10
5
G
GG
GG
G G G G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
AS
HT
RA
YIL
LUM
INA
TIO
N
RA
DIO
AN
DP
LAY
ER
( W/O
CD
PLA
YE
R)
RA
DIO
AN
DP
LAY
ER
( W/
CD
PLA
YE
R)
FO
GLI
GH
TS
W
DE
FO
GG
ER
SW
CIG
AR
ET
TE
LIG
HT
ER
ILLU
MIN
AT
ION
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
A31
R5
F11
R6
,R
7B
A
D2
C9
A19
W–G
G
G
G
W–G
W–G
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
( EX
.C
ON
VE
RT
IBLE
)( E
X.
CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
17
18
3A8
RHEOSTATR11
3C11 3A10 3B12 3A9
J/B NO. 3
3C10
3 1
2
G
W–G
W–B
E
TILL–
3A12 3C13 3C14 3B3 3A11
J/B NO. 3
114
ILLUMINATION
TAILLIGHT RELAY3–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)
R11 RHEOSTAT1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED CLOCKWISE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A19 32F10
A 28 (3S–GTE) R 5 33
A31 32F10
B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) R 6 A 33
C 9 32 F11 33 R 7 B 33
C13 B 32 G 1 33 R10 33
C15 A 32 G 2 33 R11 33
C16 32 H 5 33 S15 A 33
D 2 32 J 6 33 S16 B 33
D18 33 O 7 33
E 4 33 P 9 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
1I 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3A
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C
25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
38 (3S–GTE)
ET1 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)ET1
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)
II146 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
II246 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 246 COWL WIRE
I 6 46 COWL WIRE
I 546 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
116
TAILLIGHT
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
E 1
E 4
E 1
3
2
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
11
2
A
ID EB EA
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
COMBINATION SW
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
FUSE BOX
RETRACTCONTROLRELAY(FOR CANADA)
( CA
NAD
A)
( US
A)
LHFRONTCLEARANCELIGHT
RH RHLHFRONTSIDE MARKERLIGHT
E 3
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G G G
GG
LGLG
ET11
BW
B
LG–B
G
( CA
NAD
A)
( US
A)
C16
J 6
F10
F 7 F 8 F 5 F 6
R10
100A
ALT
B2A3
A4
B1
(ALL–TRAC/4WD )
(2WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD )(2WD)
BA
G
1H61B11I1
1F
1
15ATAIL
TAILLIGHTRELAY
1 4
2 3
117
5
2 3
B11 B13
B11
BP23BP118
G
G
BL
1
25
2 3
W–B
W–
BW
–B
W–B
W–B
G G G G G
R12R13
L 1
(L/B)(C/P)
TAIL AND REARSIDE MARKER LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
TAIL AND REARSIDE MARKER LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
LICENCE PLATELIGHT
G
2 X X
11X
1 2
F 7, F 8F 5, F 6C16 GRAYBLACK
1 2
3 4
X
AF10 BLACK(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
1 2
X X
F10 BLACK
X
B(2WD)
1 2
X X
F10 BLACK
X
B(2WD)
A A
A A A A
J 6
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
12
L 1
2 3
23
5
R12, R13
R10
G
B13(C/P, CONVERTIBLE, 4WD)
(2WD L/B)
W–B
W–B
W–B
118
TAILLIGHT
TAILLIGHT RELAY3–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C16 32 F 7 31 (4S–FE) L 1 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
F 528 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
F 828 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) R10 33
F 531 (4S–FE)
F 831 (4S–FE) R12 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
F 628 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
F10A 28 (3S–GTE) R13 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
F 631 (4S–FE)
F10B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4S–FE)
F 7 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) J 6 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
38 (3S–GTE)
ET1 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)ET1
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
BP2 50 (C/P) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EA 40 (5S–FE) FRONT RIGHT FENDEREA
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
38 (3S–GTE)
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDEREB
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
BL48 (L/B)
BACK PANEL CENTERBL50 (C/P)
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38 (3S–GTE) E 4 42 (4A–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 1 40 (5S–FE) 48 (L/B)E 1
42 (4A–FE) B11 50 (C/P)
38 (3S–GTE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B11
52 (CONVERTIBLE)LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
E 3 40 (5S–FE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
48 (L/B)LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
E 3
42 (4A–FE) B13 50 (C/P)
E 438 (3S–GTE)
B13
52 (CONVERTIBLE)E 4
40 (5S–FE)
SERVICE HINTS
119
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)
HEADLIGHT RELAY1–2 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 32H 1
28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)R 2
28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
C16 A 32H 1
31 (4A–FE)R 2
31 (4A–FE)
C17 B 32H 2
28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)R 3
28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
F10A 28 (3S GTE)
H 231 (4A–FE)
R 331 (4A–FE)
F10B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) J 6 33 R 9 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A22 (2WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)2A23(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B22 (2WD)
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)2B23(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2D22 (2WD)
2D23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E22 (2WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E23(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDEREB
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38 (3S–GTE) E 3 42 (4A–FE)
E 2 40 (5S–FE) 38 (3S–GTE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 2
42 (4A–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E13 40 (5S–FE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 338 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E13
42 (4A–FE)E 3
40 (5S–FE) I 2 46 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
120
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)
IE12
IE111IE118
E 2
E 3
I 2
2 1
3
2 1
3
A A A A
A A B
A
I 2
1
12
ID
A
R–W
R–L
W–B
W–B W–B
R–Y
R–Y
R–
W
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
W–
B
W–B
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–W
R–LR–W
R
R–YW
B
FUSE BOX
FL MAIN2. 0L
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
HIG
HB
EA
MIN
DIC
AT
OR
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
COMBINATION SW
HEADLIGHTLH
HEADLIGHTRH
BATTERY
HIGH
LOW
FLASH
HEAD
TAIL
OFF
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
WD
IMM
ER
SW
J 6
C14
F10
H 1 H 2
C16 ,C 17A B
IE13
126
8
3
W–BP
WW
R–Y
RETRACT CONTROL RELAYR 9
14 13 12 3
20119
R–L
A4
B1
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
BA
P
W–B
I 2
2B4 2D3 6 2D 2A3 2A6
3 1
4 2
W
2E7
15AHEAD(RH)
15AHEAD(LH)
HE
AD
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
2E2
30ARTR
3B
1
3B6
J/BNO. 3
1A
4
1E
4
121
7 11 1 2 5 4
IE116 IE114 IE115 IE18 IE17IE19
M M
5 5
4 2 2 4
3
11
3
E 3
EB
DOWN(CLOSE)
UP(OPEN)
G–OG
G–W
G–Y
G–W
G–Y
G–OG
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–W
G–Y
G–W
W–B
RETRACT MOTOR LH RETRACT MOTOR RHR 2 R 3
W–B
W–
B
R 9RETRACT CONTROL RELAY
E13
E13
C17
1 123 X X
11X 9 12 13 14
X X
X X X X 20
1 1
2 3A A
A A A A
1 2 3
54
A BBLACK BLACKC14
F10 H 1, H 2 J 6
R 2, R 3
C16
XX
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)4
X
X
A BBLACK BLACKF10
54321
6 7 8 X 11 12
R 9
(ALL–TRAC/4WD) (2WD) BROWN
BLACK
X
X
X
DOWN(CLOSE)
UP(OPEN)
122
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
2B4 2E7 2D3 2D6 2A3 2A6
I 2
E 2
E 3
2 1
3
2 1
3
IE12 IE111IE118
A A A A
A A B
COMBINATION SW
HIGH
LOW
FLASH
HEAD
TAIL
OFF
LIG
HT
CO
NTR
OL
SW
DIM
ME
RS
W
C16 , C17A B
A
AB B
B
A
A
A
1
12
I 2
ID
AA
3
6
R–Y
R–L
W
W–B
W–B W–B
BW
B
W R–Y
R–Y
LG–B
R–Y
R–W R–L
R–L P
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W R–L
Y
R–L
R–L
R–Y
15AHEAD (LH)
15AHEAD (RH)
W–B
W–B
1216
9
3
8
10
R
R–Y
14 2 13 12 3
20119
100A
ALT
HEADLIGHTRELAY
HEADLIGHTLH
HEADLIGHTRH
FUSE BOX
FL MAIN2. 0L
BATTERY
FRO
MTE
RM
INA
L”
L”O
FA
LTE
RN
ATO
R
FO
GLI
GH
TS
W
HIG
HB
EA
MIN
DIC
AT
OR
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 6
F10
H 1 H 2
F11
C14
3 1
4 2
R–L
B2
A3
A4
B1
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
ET11
BA
FR
OM
PA
NE
LR
ELA
Y
I 2
A7
A5
FRO
MB
RA
KE
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]
TO BR
AK
EFL
UID
LEV
EL
SW
I 2
IE11
R–W
R
RR
1
A
A
R–G
R–G
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
WJU
NC
TIO
NC
ON
NE
CT
OR
J2
P1
LG–B
LG–B
DELAYMEMORY
B
I 2
1A
4
1E
4
3A
1
3B
1
3B6
J/BNO. 3
123
A
G
8
TOC
LOC
K( F
OR
ILLU
MIN
AT
ION
SY
STE
M)
RETRACTCONTROL RELAY
R 9 , R10B A
1B12E2 4
3 3
3 3IE13
E 1
A AB
B B B B B B
IE116 IE19 IE114 IE115 IE18 IE17
1
2
1
2
RETRACT CONTROLCIRCUIT
A
B–R
B–R
LG
C
CW
W
G–R
G–R
G–R
R–W
J 3
2 4
3 1
M M
5 5
4 2 2 4
3
11
3
E 3
EB
DOWN(CLOSE)
UP(OPEN)
DOWN(CLOSE)
UP(OPEN)
G–W
G–Y
G–Y
G–W
G–Y
G–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
RETRACT MOTOR LH RETRACT MOTOR RHR 2 R 3
G
G–W
G–Y G
G–O
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–Y
G–O
EA
EA16
R–W
R–W
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
FOGLIGHT LH
FOGLIGHT RH
FOGLIGHT RELAY
30ARTR
20AFOG
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
TAILLIGHTRELAY
4 23
4521117
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
TO
TA
ILLI
GH
TS
F 2F 1
1
2
6
1 4
2 3
E 2
I 8
E13
E13
1I1
B
P–B
1B8
15AECU–IG
124
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY FLOWS CONTINUOUSLY FROM FL MAIN 2.0L → ALT FUSE → TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) →TERMINAL (A) 2 OF RETRACT CONTROL RELAY, AND FL MAIN 2.0L → HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL (B) 8 OFRETRACT CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THERETRACT CONTROL RELAY.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE IS GENERATED AT TERMINAL L OF THE ALTERNATOR AND VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TOTERMINAL (A) 9 OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY.
IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SO THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS SYSTEM DOSE NOT OPERATE.
IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS THEN RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A) 7 OF THERELAY.
THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FROM ALT FUSE FLOWS TO TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TAIL FUSE → TAIL,LICENCE AND FRONT CLEARANCE (SIDEMARKER) LIGHTS → GROUND.
ALSO, CURRENT FROM ALT FUSE FLOWS TO FOG FUSE → FOG LIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → FOG LIGHTS → GROUND, SO BOTHTAIL AND FOG LIGHTS LIGHT UP. THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND TAIL, FOG LIGHT HAVELIGHTED UP. THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHT REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).
EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL “L” OF ALTERNATOR, THETAIL AND FOG LIGHTS REMAIN ON.
IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF.
IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTSYSTEM OPERATES AND THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHTS LIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS.
R 9(B), R10(A) RETRACT CONTROL RELAY(A) 2, (B) 3, (B) 8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 6–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR HEAD POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HOLD OR TAIL POSITION(A) 3–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR HOLD POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION(B) 8–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF, HOLD OR TAIL POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION(B)12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)(B) 2, (B) 5–(B)11 : NO CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT LOWERMOST POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT ANY POSITION EXCEPT LOWERMOST POSITION(B) 2, (B) 5–(B) 7 : NO CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT UPPERMOST POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT ANY POSITION EXCEPT UPPERMOST POSITION
R 2, R 3 RETRACT MOTOR2–3 : OPEN WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT LOWERMOST POSITION2–1 : OPEN WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT UPPERMOST POSITION
C16 (A) DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]9–12 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
FOG LIGHT RELAY1–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 32 F10 B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) J 6 33
C16 A 32 F11 33 P 1 33
C17 B 32H 1
29 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)R 2
29 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–GTE)
F 128 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
H 131 (4A–FE)
R 231 (4A–FE)
F 131 (4A–FE)
H 229 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
R 329 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–GTE)
F 228 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
H 231 (4A–FE)
R 331 (4A–FE)
F 231 (4A–FE) J 2 33 R 9 B 33
F10 A 28 (3S–GTE) J 3 33 R10 A 33
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
125
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
3 26 R/B NO. 3 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A22 (2WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)2A23(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2B22 (2WD)
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)2B23(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2D22 (2WD)
2D23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E22 (2WD)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E23(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
3A25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3B25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
38 (3S–GTE)
EA1 40 (5S–FE) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EA1
42 (4A–FE)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
38 (3S–GTE)
ET1 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)ET1
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE J/B NO. 2)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EA 40 (5S–FE) FRONT RIGHT FENDEREA
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
38 (3S–GTE)
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDEREB
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38 (3S–GTE)E 3
40 (5S–FE)
E 1 40 (5S–FE)E 3
42 (4A–FE)E 1
42 (4A–FE) 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E13 40 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 2 40 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E13
42 (4A–FE)E 2
42 (4A–FE) I 246 COWL WIRE
E 3 38 (3S–GTE) I 846 COWL WIRE
128
FOG LIGHT (F0R USA)
2A3 2A6 4
2 1
3
2 1
3
3 3
3 3
E 3
E 1
LIGHT CONTROLSW ” HEAD”
DIMMER SW” HIGH”
12
9
IE118
EA16
1
2
1
2
E 2
AA
3
6
R–W
R–W
R–W
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
G–R
R
R–Y
R–L
R–L
ID EA
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
FOG LIGHTLH
FOG LIGHTRH
COMBINATION SW
FOG LIGHT RELAY
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
15AHEAD(RH)
15AHEAD(LH)
20AFOG
HEADLIGHTLH
HEADLIGHTRH
H 1 H 2
C16
J 6
F 1 F 2FOG LIGHTSW
G–B
F11
1
2
3 1
2 4
G–R
I 2
E 2
TO HIGH BEAMINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER],DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]
R–W
R–L
R–L
3A1
J/B NO. 31E
4
1A
4
129
FOG LIGHT RELAY(3) 1–(3) 4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C16 32 F 2 31 (4A–FE)H 2
28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
F 128 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) F11 33
H 231 (4A–FE)
F 131 (4A–FE)
H 128 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) J 6 33
F 2 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)H 1
31 (4A–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
3 26 R/B NO. 3 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2A 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3A 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
38 (3S–GTE)
EA1 40 (5S–FE) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EA1
42 (4A–FE)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EA 40 (5S–FE) FRONT RIGHT FENDEREA
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38 (3S–GTE) E 2 42 (4A–FE)
E 1 40 (5S–FE) 38 (3S–GTE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 1
42 (4A–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E 3 40 (5S–FE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 238 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E 3
42 (4A–FE)E 2
40 (5S–FE) I 2 46 COWL WIRE
X X
X 9 12
1 2
3 X X 6
1
2 3A
A A
C16 F 1, F 2 F11 H 1, H 2 J 6BROWNBLACKBLACK
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A
AA
SERVICE HINTS
130
STOP LIGHT
1B7
B11
IF18
BP21BP117
BN11
BO11
BO13
55
11
BN13
C
C
BL BI
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
15ASTOP
G–R
STOP LIGHT SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
(L/B)
(L/B)(C/P, CONVERTIBLE)
STOP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
STOP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
HIGH MOUNTSTOP LIGHT
R12 R13 H 6
S10
J 2
C2
B1
A2
B1
G–W
(C/P)
(CONVERTIBLE)
(L/B)
(C/P)
W–B
W–B
( C/P
)
B11 : 2WD L/BB13 : C/P, CONVERTIBLE AND 4WD
B 7 : 2WD L/BB10 : C/P, 4WDB17 : CONVERTIBLE, W/ ABSB18 : CONVERTIBLE, W/O ABS
BA
2
1
A1
C2
(L/B)
(CONVERTIBLE)
C
BU11
BU12
W–B
( L/B
)
W–B
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE) W
–B
(C/P) G–W
(CONVERTIBLE)
G–W
131
S10 STOP LIGHT SW1–2: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 34 (L/B) J 2 33 R10 33
H 6 B 35 (C/P) R12 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE)H 6
C 36 (CONVERTIBLE) R13 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BN1 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BO1 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 SUB WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
BP250 (C/P)
FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)BP252 (CONVERTIBLE)
FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
BU150 (C/P)
FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)BU152 (CONVERTIBLE)
FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BI48 (L/B)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBI50 (C/P)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
48 (L/B)
BL 50 (C/P) BACK PANEL CENTERBL
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 7 48 (L/B) 48 (L/B)
B1048 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE B13 50 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B1050 (C/P)
FLOOR WIRE B13
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
48 (L/B) B1752 (CONVERTIBLE) FLOOR WIRE
B11 50 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B1852 (CONVERTIBLE) FLOOR WIRE
B11
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
1 212C
1
5
H 6 R12, R13J 2H 6 (CONVERTIBLE)(L/B)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
C C
CCC
A C
1 2
S10
2 1
H 6(C/P) B
SERVICE HINTS
132
BACK–UP LIGHT
IG24
IG213
IF17
BP22BP18
B11
C
B
A
A
B
C
5
4
5
4
BL
R–B
W–B
R–L
R–
R–L
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
BACK–UP LIGHT SW
(A/T W/ ECT)
(A/T W/O ECT)
(A/T W/ ECT)
(A/T W/O ECT)
(M/T)
(M/T)
(L/B)(C/P, CONVERTIBLE)
BACK–UP LIGHT[REAR COMB. LIGHT] RHLH
R12 R13
B 1 , N 1 , N 2C B A
2
1
3
5
4
6
B11 : 2WD L/BB13 : 4WD C/P, CONVERTIBLE
3B9
L
J/B NO. 3
1E5
15AGAUGE
133
B 1(C), N 1(B), N 2(A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW(A) 5–6, (B) 3–4, (C) 1–2 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 1 C28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) N 1 B 31 (4A–FE) R12 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P),36
(CONVERTIBLE)B 1 C
31 (4A–FE) N 2 A 30 (5S–FE) R13 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P),36(CONVERTIBLE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG2 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
BP250 (C/P)
FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)BP250 (CONVERTIBLE)
FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
48 (L/B)
BL 50 (C/P) BACK PANEL CENTERBL
50 (CONVERTIBLE)
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B1148 (L/B), 50 (C/P)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B1348 (L/B), 50 (C/P)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIREB1152 (CONVERTIBLE)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B1352 (CONVERTIBLE)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
1 243
X
5 6 X X
C ABGRAY GRAY GRAYN 1 R12, R13B 1 N 2
45
SERVICE HINTS
134
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
OFF
ON
RH
LHHAZARD TURN
7 9 5 6 5 81
10 8
IE1
12
2 11
B
A
3
B
A A
1
2
1
B
B
A
BP25BP119
BP26BP120
5
6
5
6
2
3
2
3
I 2
AA
ID EB EA BL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
W
W–B
G–B
G–W
G–O
W
G–R
G–W
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–W
G–Y
W–B
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–B
W–B
G–B
G–Y
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
(L/B)(C/P, CONVERTIBLE)
(L/B)(C/P, CONVERTIBLE)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
RE
AR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
TLH
FR
ON
TT
UR
NS
IGN
AL
LIG
HT
LH
FR
ON
TT
UR
NS
IGN
AL
LIG
HT
RH
REAR COMB.LIGHT RH
LH RH
TURN SIGNALFLASHER
HAZARD SW TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]H 5 C16
T 2
J 3
J 3
R13
F8
F7R
12
J 6
C14
B11 : 2WD L/BB13 : C/P, CONVERTIBLE, 4WD
1* : ALL–TRAC/4WD
W–B
1D4
10ATURN
2E3
15AHAZ–HORN
1B41B13
1H4 1H8
1F
2
1F
3
1E
4
1A
4
3B6
J/B NO. 3
1 2 111 X 5 X
X
X
5
X
6 7 8 9 10
A A B B
A A A A
A A A A56
C14 C16 H 5
J 3 J 6 R12, R13
B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
BLACK BLACKF 7, F 8
T 2
GRAY
8
X2 3
1
2 3 135
T 2 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT,
OR WITH HAZARD SW ON3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 32 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) J 6 33
C16 32F 8
31 (4A–FE) R12 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE)
F 728 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) H 5 33 R13 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) 36
(CONVERTIBLE)F 731 (4A–FE) J 3 33 T 2 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
BP250 (C/P)
FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)BP252 (CONVERTIBLE)
FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EA 40 (5S–FE) FRONT RIGHT FENDEREA42 (4A–FE)
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
38 (3S–GTE)
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDEREB42 (4A–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
48 (L/B)
BL 50 (C/P) BACK PANEL CENTERBL52 (CONVERTIBLE)
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 46 COWL WIREB13
46 (L/B), (C/P)LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B11 48 (L/B) LUGGAGE ROOM WIREB13
52 (CONVERTIBLE)LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
136
INTERIOR LIGHT
3B10
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
B
1
C
B
OFF
ON
DO
OR
B 5
IC27 IK27BP19
BP28IK26IC26
B11
11
A 1
IDBH
1A4 1F9
1F4
1G5 1D2
1B
11
BP1
5
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y L–
Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
BR R B L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
( EX
.L/
B)
B–W
R–W
R–W
B–W
( L/B
)
1
2
B B
(W/S
UN
RO
OF
)
4
2
1
1
C C C
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
G–R
R–W
W–B
W–B
R–YW
–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W R–W
R–W
(L/B)
PE
RS
ON
AL
LIG
HT
[SU
NR
OO
FS
W]
INT
ER
IOR
LIG
HT
IGN
ITIO
NK
EY
CY
LIN
DE
RLI
GH
T
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YLI
GH
TLH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YLI
GH
TR
H
DO
OR
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
T( L
/B)
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
T( E
X.
L/B
)
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
S12 I1
3
I11
D8
D9
C15
L4
L3
J 1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH) DOOR COURTESY
SW LHDOOR COURTESYSW RH
DIO
DE
( FO
RIN
TER
IOR
LIG
HT
SY
ST
EM
)
BA
CK
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
W
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TME
NT
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
( EX
.L/
B)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
INTEGRATIONRELAY
J 1
J 6
D10 D11
D7
B7
L2
*2 : W/O DOOR LOCK*1 : W/ DOOR LOCK
R–W
4 1 2
10 6
FADEOUTCONTROL
(*1)
( *2)
( *1)
( *2)
( *1)
( *2)
( *1)
( *2)
IG3
B2
A2
B1A1
B3
R–W
R–W
R–G (W/O
RE
AR
WIP
ER
)
( W/
RE
AR
WIP
ER
,C
ON
VE
RT
IBLE
)
B 1 : W/ REAR WIPERB 7 : W/O REAR WIPER
(EX
.C
ON
VE
RT
IBLE
)( C
ON
VE
RTI
BLE
)
B2
A2
B1
A1
BA
( FO
RC
ON
VE
RT
IBLE
)( C
/P)
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
2E4
20ADOME
1G1 1D8 1E3 1F6
1H2
3 4 X
1
212
12
CBB
B B B B C
C
C A A
A A A A
1 2 12
14
B 7, L 2 I11D 7 D 8, D 9 D10, D11
J 1 J 6 L 3 L 4 S12
GRAY
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1 1
B
3 2 1
12
1 2
L 3 GRAYA
I13 A
I13 BLACKB
C15 GRAY
137
INTEGRATION RELAY(1B) 11–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLTS WITH EACH DOOR OPEND10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPENL 2 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENB 7 BACK DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH BACK DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 7 34 (L/B) D11 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) L 2 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERTIBLE)
C15 32 I11 33 A
D 7 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE)
I13A 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
L 3B
35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERTIBLE)
D 8 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE)
I13B 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36
(CONVERTIBLE) L 4 34 (L/B)
D 9 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) J 1 33 S12 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36
(CONVERTIBLE)
D10 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) J 6 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC2 44 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IK2 46 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
BP2 50 (C/P) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
BH48 (L/B), 50 (C/P)
ROOF LEFTBH52 (CONVERTIBLE)
ROOF LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE B 7 48 (L/B), 50 (C/P)FLOOR WIRE
B 548 (L/B), 50 (C/P)
ROOF WIRE B1152 CONVERTIBLE)
FLOOR WIRE
B 552 (CONVERTIBLE)
ROOF WIRE B1148 (L/B) LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
138
LIGHT REMINDER BUZZER
1H2
6 10
7 11 12 1
BUZZER
1F9 1A4
1
ID
A
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
15AGAUGE
15ACIG & RADIO
15ATAIL
L–Y
R–Y
W–B
INTEGRATION RELAY(FOR LIGHT REMINDER)
DOOR COURTESYSW LH
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
D10
J 6
2E4
20ADOME
139
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT REMINDER RELAY THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.WITH THE IGNITION SW IN ACC POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE LIGHT REMINDER RELAY. WHEN THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 THE LIGHT REMINDER RELAY. WHEN THE LIGHTCONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, CURRENT IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 12 THE LIGHT REMINDER RELAY.
LIGHT REMINDER SYSTEMWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IN TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO OFF FROM ON POSITION, AND THEDRIVER’S DOOR IS OPENED (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 7 AND 11 OF THE LIGHT REMINDERRELAY STOPS. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10→ T0 GROUND, SOUNDING THE LIGHT REMINDER BUZZER.
LIGHT REMINDER RELAY (INTEGRATION RELAY)7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION AT ON POSITION
11–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION AT ACC OR ON POSITION12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D10 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) J 6 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1A 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
A A
A A A A
J 6D10
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
140
POWER WINDOW
2 16
2
2 4
1
3 1
2
22
2 2
I 5 I 1
I 1
IC13
IK113 IK19
IC19IC113
A A
2
1
1 A
IC19
M1 2
M1 2
1 5
3 46
ID
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
KEY OFFPOWER WINDOW
30APOWER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR DIODE (FOR KEY OFF)
R–L
R–L
L–Y
W–L
W–B
W–G
L–YL–YR–LR–L
R–L
R–Y
W–B
W–G
W–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–Y
R G
R–L
G–W
G–WR–L
R–L
G–WI 2
R G
DO
WN
UP
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
DOOR LOCK ECU
DOOR COURTESYSW LH
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
SW
RH
LOCK
NORMAL
D10
J 6
P 7 P 8
P9
P 5 , P 6
D 6
D 5
PO
WE
RM
AIN
RE
LAY
I 1W–L
W–L
+–
–+
1
15
8
A3 A1 A5 A4 A2
B1
W–G
A B
W–B
W–G
A6
1E5
15AGAUGE
J 4
1B2
1F9
141
IK13
W–G
W–G
I 5
IF31 IF32IF41IF42
M1 2
M1 2
IC1
4W–BW–B
W–G
R–
W
G–WRG
G R
G–W
R–
W
5
4
1 3 2 6
QUARTERPOWER WINDOWMOTOR RH
Q 3QUARTERPOWER WINDOWMOTOR LH
Q 2
(CONVERTIBLE)
QUARTER POWER WINDOW SWQ 1
W–G
(CONVERTIBLE)
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
142
POWER WINDOW
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY THROUGH THE POWER FUSE. WITH THE IGNITION SWTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TOGROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TO TERMINAL (A)6OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S) AND TERMINAL 4 OFTHE QUARTER POWER WINDOW SW.
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL (A)6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THEPOWER WINDOW MOTOR (DRIVER’S) → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (A)1 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL (A)3 → TOGROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILETHE SW IS BEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL (A)6 OF THE POWER WINDOWMASTER SW TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR →MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL (A)3 → TO GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITEDIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE DRIVER’S SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)6 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWERWINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 3 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THEMOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE. THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THEDRIVER’S SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION.
WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE MASTER SW ANDTERMINAL (A)3 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE DRIVER’S SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROMTERMINAL (A)6 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL (A)1 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THEMASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL (A)3 , SO THE MOTORSTOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE DRIVER’S SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES INTHE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL (A)3→ TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATIONCONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FLOM TERMINAL 1 → MOTOR → TO TERMINAL 2 , AND THE MOTORROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THEPASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL (A)6OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOWCAN NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.
5. MANUAL OPERATION BY QUARTER WINDOW (CONVARTIBLE)WITH THE QUARTER POWER WINDOW SW PUSHED TO UP SIDE, FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE QUARTER POWER WINDOWSW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 AND/OR 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE QUARTER POWER WINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OFTHE MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 AND/OR 6 OF THE QUARTER POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE POWERWINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL (A)3 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE QUARTER POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THEUP DERECTION. UP OERATION CONTINUESE ONLY WHILE THE QUARTER POWER WINDOW SW IS PUSHED TO UP SIDE. WHEN THEWINDOW DECENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DERECTION, FROM TERMINAL 2 →MOTOR → TO TERMINAL 1 , AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE.
WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE L0CK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE QUARTER POWER WINDOWBECOMES OPEN. AS A RESURT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSED OPERATION OF QUARTER WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROMTERMINAL 5 OF THE QUARTER POWER WINDOW SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE QUARTERWINDOW CAN NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
143
6. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE→ TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TOGROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL4 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (A)6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 6 OFPOWER WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S) AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE QUARTER POWER WINDOW SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, IT IS POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW BY THEFUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY. ALSO, BY OPENING THE DOOR (DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTERTURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF DOOR LOCK ECU . AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFFAND UP AND DOWN OF THE MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOW STOPS.
D 6 DOOR LOCK ECU 8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPENED15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW
IS TURNED OFF, BUT IF THE DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECONDS PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN
P 8 POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S)6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW
IS TURNED OFF, BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECONDS PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
Q 1 QUARTER POWER WINDOW MOTOR4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED OFF, BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECONDS PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
P 1 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW(A)3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A)6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECONDS PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
(A)5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION(A)1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN
POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
SERVICE HINTS
144
POWER WINDOW
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 5 32 P 5 A 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) Q 1 36
D 6 32 P 6 B 36 Q 2 36
D10 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) P 7 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36
(CONVERTIBLE) Q 3 36
J 4 33 P 8 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE)
J 6 33 P 9 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 26 R/B NO. 2 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC1 44 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF3 46FRONT WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF4 46FRONT WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IK1 46 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 146 COWL WIRE
I 5 46 COWL WIRE
I 246 COWL WIRE
146
DOOR LOCK
LOCKTIMER
UNLOCKTIMER
2 1E5
I 1
8
A
1 15
AR–L R–L R–LW–L
W–L
W–L
L–Y
2
30APOWER
15AGAUGE
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
TO POWER MAINRELAY
DOOR LOCK ECU
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
TO POWERMAIN RELAY
D 6
J 4
5
1
I 2 B 2
I 4
I 4
IC18 IC17IC117 IC118
IC114IC116IC112
IC1
19
ID
A
7 16 4 3 6 9
A
AA
Y
W–B
L–W
L–R
G L–Y
YW
–B
W–B
W–B
L–W
L–R G L
L–O
L
L–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–W
L–R
L–B
L
L–O
L–R
L–W
L
L–W
L–R
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
UNLOCKWARNINGSW
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R( F
OR
EA
RT
H)
J6
I12
J 1
UN
LOC
K
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
LHA
ND
,K
EY
LOC
KA
ND
UN
LOC
KS
WLH
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TRO
LS
WLH
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
4
LOC
K
3
D14
M
D126 2 2
7 5 4 1 3
1
KEY OFFPOWER WINDOW
I 5
I 1L–Y
R–L
1 2
DIODE(FOR KEY OFF)D 5
L–Y
R–L
147
6 2 2
7 5 4 1 3 3 4
M
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
RH
AN
D,
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
CK
SW
RH
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TR
OL
SW
RH
D15
D13
SECURITY KEY REMINDER
IG
IK112 IK117 IK114 IK118 IF16
IK17IK18
IK119
B 3
I 4
I 4
I 4
1 1
B14
5 11 12 10 2 14
L–OL
G–
Y
L–B
R–Y
R–G
L–BL–
OL
L–W
L–R
G–Y
L
L–OL
L–B
R–Y
R–G
L–O
L
L–B
L–R
L–W
L
L
L–B
L–O
W–B
W–B
W–
B W–B
W–B
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
RH
D10
D11
DOOR LOCK ECUD 6
4A
1F9
1B2
148
DOOR LOCK
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONTO CHANGE DOOR LOCK SW AND KEY SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 , 12 OF THE DOOR LOCKECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 7 OFTHE DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK MOTORCAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONTO CAHNGE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND KEY SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 , 11 OFTHE DOOR LOCK ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 →TERMINAL 5 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOORLOCK MOTOR CAUSES DOOR TO UNLOCK.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR LOCK KEY SW (DRIVER’S) IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS MECHANICALLYUNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR LOCK KEY SW (DRIVER’S) TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL 9OF THE ECU, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN,CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16→ GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THE PASSENGER’S DOOR.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (IN DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS OPERATION)
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WANING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCKKNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF ECU. ASA RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR LOCK KEY SW
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK BY THE FUNCTION OF SW CONTAINED INSOLENOIDS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5 (PASSENGER’S) OF THE ECU. ACCORDING TO THISINPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DOORLOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR TOUNLOCK.
* IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE DOORAFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE ECU. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECUWORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
D14, D15 KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
149
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
15–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION12–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D 6 DOOR LOCK ECU16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
10–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
11–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 6 32 D13 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERT.) J 1 33
D10 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERT.) D14 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERT.) J 4 33
D11 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERT.) D15 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERT.) J 6 33
D12 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERT.) I12 33
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 26 R/B NO. 2 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC1 44 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IK1 46 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 1 48 (L/B)
I 246 COWL WIRE
B 3 50 (C/P)
I 446 COWL WIRE
B 3
52 (CONVERTIBLE)FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 5 48 (L/B)FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
48 (L/B) B14 50 (C/P)
B 2 50 (C/P) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
B14
52 (CONVERTIBLE)B 2
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
150
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
1B31F10
M
3
2
INT
OFF
ON
WASHER 2
20AWIPER
2 1 10 16
231
M
LL
L–O
L–O
P–B
P–G
W–B
P–G
P–B
P–GP–B
P–G
P–BL
L
W–B
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]
REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY
REAR WIPER RELAY
REAR WIPERMOTOR
WASHER 1
LY L LB
L LBLY
WASHERMOTOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
A
BO16 BO15
BN16
IF111 IF15
BN15BN14
ID
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
W 1
C17
J 6
R24
BO14
151
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 1 OF THEREAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.
1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REALY FLOWS TOTERMINAL LB → TERMINAL LB OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATETHE WIPER.
2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS TURNED TO INT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF THE REARWIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATE (THE POINT CHANGES) AND THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT OF THE RELAY OPERATES.INTERMITTENT OPERATION OF THE CIRCUIT IS CONTROLLED BY THE CHARGING AND DISCHARGING OF THE CONDENSERINSTALLED INSIDE THE RELAY.
3. WASHER OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO ON POSITION, WHEN THE WIPER SW ISTURNED FURTHER, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THEMOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND SO THAT THE WASHER MOTORROTATES AND THE WINDOW WASHER EJECTS THE SPRAY, ONLY WHILE THE SWITCH IS FULLY TURNED.
WHEN THE WIPER SW IS OFF AND THEN TURNED TO WASHER ON (WIPER OFF SIDE), ONLY THE WASHER OPERATES.
W 1 WASHER MOTOR2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON
R24 REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR WIPER SW AT INT POSITION3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR WIPER SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C17 32 R24 34 (L/B)
J 6 33 W 1 29 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BN1 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BO1 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 SUB WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
BLACK GRAY
1 2 X X
X X X 16 X
A A
A A A A
1 2 3
C17 J 6 R24 W 1
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
2 310
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
152
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
M
2 4 3
IE120 IE113 IE16
ID
I 2
M
1
2
OF
F
MIS
T
INT
LOW
HIG
H
WA
SH
ER
WASHERMOTOR
L L L
L
W 1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
A
8
4
16
13
7
18
L–O
L–B L
L–W
W–B
L–O
L–B
L–W
L–R
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)[COMB. SW]
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
FRONT WIPERMOTOR
F 9
J 6
C17
1
1H5
1B
3
20AWIPER
153
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OFTHE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPERMOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPERMOTOR TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITION (W/ INT SW)WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAYFUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENTOPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED INRELAY AND THE INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHANGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THECONDENSER.
4. MIST POSITION (W/ MIST SW)WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO MIST POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPERMOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED.
5. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION (W/ INT CONTROL)WITH WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN.AND WINDOW WASHER IS JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT (W/ INT SW) INTERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMNAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → FRONT WIPERMOTOR → TO GROUND AND FUNCTION.
C17 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY18–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION13–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND AFTER WIPER SW OFF UNTIL WIPER MOTOR STOPS
F 9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR3–4 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C17 32 F 9 31 (4A–FE)W 1
29 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
F 9 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) J 6 33W 1
31 (4A–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
154
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 46 COWL WIRE
156
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
A
B
5
1 1
1
2
1
2
ID BI
BM1
2
BM1
1
R–L
V
L–Y
7
5
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
C14 , C15A B
AA
A
A
YY
W–B
W–B
R–Y
Y–G
W–B
W–B W–B
Y–GY
–GW
–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
UNLOCKWARNINGSW
DOORCOURTESYSW LH
BUCKLE SW(W/O POWER SEAT)
BU
CK
LES
W( W
/PO
WE
RS
EA
T)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 1
I12 D10 B 9
B8
J 6
BL1
2
BL1
3
1
2
Y–G
W–B
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE) (EX.
CONVERTIBLE)
(EX.CONVERTIBLE)
BUCKLE SW LH(FOR CONVERTIBLE)
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
B10
Y–G
1A4 1A1 1F9 1F14
1D31H2
TIMER
BUZZER
1 7 9SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY[INTEGRATION RELAY]
10 5 6 8
2E41E
5
20ADOME
15AGAUGE
R–L
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
3B9
J/B NO. 3
157
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY (INTEGRATION RELAY) THROUGH DOME FUSE.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURN ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNINGRELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENTFLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THEWARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 → GROUND ANDTHE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT BELT IS PUT ON (BUCKLE SWON) DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF RELAY STOPS AND THECURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON). THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOORCOURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY, THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY OPERATES,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.
I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY [INTEGRATION RELAY]10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE 9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND APPROX.12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER
IGNITION SW ON 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
B 8, B 9, B10 BUCKLE SW (DRIVER’S)2–1 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 8 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) C14 A 32 I12 33
B 9 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) C15 B 32 J 1 33
B10 36 D10 34 (LB/), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERTIBLE) J 6 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BL148 (L/B)
FLOOR WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF FRONT FLOOR PANEL)BL150 (C/P)
FLOOR WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF FRONT FLOOR PANEL)
BM148 (L/B)
FRAME WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)BM150 (C/P)
FRAME WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
48 (L/B)
BI 50 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBI
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
158
ELECTRIC TENSION REDUCER
1
2
1
2
1
2
BI
B 7W
–B
W–B
Y–G
Y–G
Y–B
Y–B Y
Y
1 1
2 2
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
SEAT BELTSOLENOID(DRIVER’ S)
DIODE
SEAT BELTSOLENOID(PASSENGER’ S)
BUCKLE SW LH(FOR CONVERTIBLE)
BUCKLE SW RH(FOR CONVERTIBLE)
B10 B11
S15 S16
D 7
1F13
15AECU–IG
159
B10 BUCKLE SW LH1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
B11 BUCKLE SW RH1–2 : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S LAP BELT IN USE
S15, S16 SEAT BELT SOLENOID LH, RH2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B10 36 D 7 36 (CONVERTIBLE) S16 36
B11 36 S15 36
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BI 52 (CONVERTIBLE) UNDER THE LEFT CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 7 52 (CONVERTIBLE) FLOOR WIRE
1 21 2
D 7B10, B11, S15, S16
SERVICE HINTS
160
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER *2 : W/O DIVERSITY ANTENNA* 1 : W/ DIVERSITY ANTENNA
1E5
3B8 1B5 1F7
1
BO12
BN12
ID
3B7
A
3 6
2 3
B
R–L
B
14
15AGAUGE
30ADEFOGGER
2
W–B
A
B
W–B
DEFOGGERRELAY
J/BNO. 3
DEFOGGER SW
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
NOISE FILTER(FOR DEFOGGERSYSTEM)
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
D 2
N 4 R20 , R23A B
1A41E41D1
R–L
R–Y B
W–B
W–B
B
B
( *2)
(* 1)
W–B
J 6
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
BK
1
BJ
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
R21 , R22
BM
B
W–B
( *1)
( *2)
C1
B
1
1
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
R20 , R21 ,
D1
E
A1
B
B
(C/P)
D A E
D B
*1
*2
*1
*2
( L/B
)
R22 , R23
D1B1
W–B
( *1)
C
BV11 BR11
B ( *1)
161
DEFOGGER RELAY1–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DEFOGGER SW ON
D 2 DEFOGGER SW3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 2 32 R20 A 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) R23 B 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
J 6 33 R21 C 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
N 4 33 R22 D 35 (C/P)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BN1 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BO1 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 SUB WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)
BR1 50 (C/P) FLOOR WIRE AND REAR WINDOW NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT REAR PILLAR)
BV1 50 (C/P) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
BJ 50 (C/P) RIGHT REAR PILLAR (C/P)
BK 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR RIGHT (L/B)
BM 50 (C/P) LEFT REAR PILLAR (C/P)
D 2 J 6 N 4 R22 , R23
X 2
3 6 A A
A A A A
11
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
BLACKA E B R21
1
CDBLACK R20 , R21
1
BLACK
SERVICE HINTS
162
POWER SEAT
2 2
2 1E5
22
12H
OLD
RE
LEA
SE
CLO
SE
SP
RE
AD
9 2 5 3
7
8
IF12
BL13
BL11
BM16 BM14 BM13 BM15
A A
IDBI
A
M2 1
M2 1
W–B
R–L R–LL–Y
R–LW
–LW
–GW
–GW
–LR B–L
R–LB
B–L
R–LBR
W–B
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
30APOWER
15AGAUGE
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR SIDE SUPPORT)
POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR LUMBER SUPPORT)
POWER SEAT SW
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
DIODE(FOR KEY OFF)
POWERMAIN RELAY
1
2
1 3
4 2
J 6
P 3P 2
P 4
D 5
J 4
I 1 I 5I 1
W–L
R–L
L–Y
L–Y
R–L
W–L
TO DOOR LOCK ECU
TO
DO
OR
LOC
KE
CU
FROM DOOR LOCK ECU
163
POWER MAIN RELAY(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
P 4 POWER SEAT SW7– GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION8– GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 5 32 J 6 33 P 3 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
J 4 33 P 2 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) P 4 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 26 R/B NO. 2 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BL148 (L/B)
FLOOR WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF FRONT FLOOR PANEL)BL150 (C/P)
FLOOR WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF FRONT FLOOR PANEL)
BM148 (L/B)
FRAME WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)BM150 (C/P)
FRAME WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
BI48 (L/B)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBI50 (C/P)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 1 46 COWL WIRE I 5 46 COWL WIRE
1 2A
A
A A
A1
2
1
2
X 2 3 X
5 X 7 8 9
D 5 J 6J 4 P 2 P 3 P 4BLACK BLUE
A A A
AA A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SERVICE HINTS
164
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
LEF
T
RIG
HT
UP
DO
WN
LEFT
UP
RIG
HT
DO
WN
LH RH LH RH
SE
LEC
TS
WO
PE
RA
TIO
NS
W
M M M M
325768
1
213213
GR GR
LG–R
BR
–Y
LG–R
BR
–Y
BR
–W
BR
–Y
BR
–W
LG–R
LG–B
LG
LG–R
LG–B
LG
LG–R
W–B
W–B
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH
I 5
IC25 IC21 IC22 IK25 IK21 IK22
R25 R26
J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
W–B
R 8
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
ID
A
1E1
15ACIG & RADIO
3C
1
J/BNO. 3
3C8
J/BNO. 3
1A4
1E4
165
R 8 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2–3 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION1–2 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 6 33 R25 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
R 8 33 R26 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3C 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC2 44 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IK2 46 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 46 COWL WIRE
A A
A A A A
1 2 3
X 5 6 7 8
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
R 8J 6 R25, R26
123
SERVICE HINTS
166
SUN ROOF
2
2
3 1
A A
1 5 8 7 9 2 10 4
44
6
3 6 2 5 1 2
SUN ROOFCONTROL RELAY
SUN ROOFLIMIT SW
OP
EN
CLO
SE
DO
WN
UP
NO
.1
NO
.2
TIMER
P
G–Y
R–W R–Y
G–W R–L
2
1
M
2
3 1
B 6
ID BH
A
2
2
2 4
1
SUN ROOFCONTROL SW
SUN ROOFMOTOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
J/BNO. 3
CONNECTORDIODE(FOR KEY OFF)
12
R G
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–
W–L
W–B
W–GW–G
R–L L–YR–L
W–B
W–B
30APOWER
PO
WE
RM
AIN
RE
LAY
D 5
S11
S13S12
S14
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 6B 5
W–B
I 1
2
2
I 1L–Y W–L
I 5R–L
1
KEY OFFPOWER WINDOW
2 16
I 2
1
15
8
W–B
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
W–L
L–Y
R–L W–L
W–B
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
LH
DOOR LOCK ECUD 6
D10
1E5
JUNCTIONL
15AGAUGE
J 4
1B2
1F9
1G
2
1A
10
167
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY THROUGH THE POWER FUSE, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON,CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWINGTO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE SUN ROOF CONTROLRELAY.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE SUN ROOF SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN SIDE, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE SUN ROOFCONTROL RELAY. WHEN THIS OCCURS ACTIVATING THE RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 5 →TERMINAL 1 OF THE SUN ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → GROUND, THE MOTORROTATES TO THE OPEN SIDE AND THE SUN ROOF SLIDES OPEN AS LONG AS THE SUN ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN SIDE.
WHEN THE SUN ROOF IS OPENED COMPLETELY, EVEN IF THE SUN ROOF SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE CURRENT TO THE SUN ROOF MOTORINCREASES.
IN THIS CASE, THE CIRCUIT BREAKER BUILT INTO THE MOTOR OPENS AND CUTS OUT THE CURRENT TO THE MOTOR, PREVENTING THE MOTORFROM BURNING OUT.
2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE SUN ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE SIDE, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 6 TOTERMINAL 7 OF THE SUN ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 6 FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1→ TERMINAL 3 OF THE SUN ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 10 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → GROUND. THIS CUASES THEMOTOR TO ROTATE TO THE CLOSE SIDE AND SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION CONTINUES AS LONG AS THE SUN ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THECLOSE SIDE.
100 MM BEFORE THE FULLY CLOSED POSITION THE SUN ROOF LIMIT NO. 1 SW TURN OFF. THIS SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO THE RELAY, SO THE RELAYSTOPS OPERATION. THUS CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THE SUN ROOF MOTOR AND THE SUN ROOF AUTOMATICALLY STOPS.
IF THE SUN ROOF SW IS THEN PUSH AGAIN, THE TIMER INSTALLED IN THE SUN ROOF CONTROL TURNS ON AND THE RELAY OPERATES FOR 0.65SEC. TO RE–OPERATE THE MOTOR SO THAT THE SUN ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 TURNS ON. AS A RESULT, AS LONG AS THE SUN ROOF SW IS PUSHED,SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION OCCURS AND THE SUN ROOF IS ABLE TO FULLY CLOSE.
3. TILT UP OPERATION
WHEN THE SUN ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE SLIDE ROOF COMPLETELYCLOSED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE SUN ROOF CONTROL RELAY AND SUN ROOF LIMIIT SW NO. 2 IS TURNED OFFSIMULTANEOUSLY,. CAUSING THE SUN ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO OPERATE. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND CURENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMAINAL 3 OF THE SUN ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY →TERMINAL 12 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR FOR TILT UP OPERATION.
4. TILT DOWN OPERATION
WHEN THE SUN ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE SLIDE ROOF TILTEDUP, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE SUN ROOF CONTROL RELAY SIGNALS THAT SUN ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE OFF AREINPUT SEPARATELY TO TERMINAL 10 AND TERMINAL 4 .
AS A RESULT, RELAY ACTIVATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE SUN ROOFMOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR FOR TILT DOWN OPERATION.
5. KEY OFF OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 8 OF THEDOOR LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAMENOMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE SUN ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT,FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, IT IS POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE SUN ROOF BY THE FUNCTIONING OFTHIS RELAY. ALSO, BY OPENING THE DOOR (DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN 60 SECONDS AETER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL ISINPUT TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF.
S11 SUN ROOF CONTROL RELAY12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SUN ROOF SW CLOSED OR UP POSITION 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SUN ROOF SW OPEN OR DOWN POSITION
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM RELAY) 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SUN ROOF SW AT OPEN POSITION 7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SUN ROOF SW AT CLOSE POSITION 9–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SUN ROOF SW AT DOWN POSITION 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SUN ROOF SW AT UP POSITION
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
168
SUN ROOF
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 5 32 J 4 33 S12 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
D 6 32 J 6 33 S13 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
D10 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERTIBLE) S11 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) S14 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 26 R/B NO. 2 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
BH48 (L/B)
ROOF LEFTBH50 (C/P)
ROOF LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 548 (L/B) I 1
B 550 (C/P)
ROOF WIREI 2 46 COWL WIRE
B 648 (L/B)
ROOF WIREI 5
46 COWL WIRE
B 650 (C/P)
170
ECT (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
I 6
E 7
I 7
1
2
1
2
IG218
IG115
IG27
A A B B
C
A A
A B B B C C C C C
B
A
B
A
EB
12 13 9 10 1 4 22
20 15 1 2 1 11 12 16 4
2
7
1
9
(W/ ABS)
(W/O ABS)
3 1
C
2 C
B–Y
P
G–WP
G–WP
B–
W
B–Y
B–Y
G–W
B–W
B–
YB
–YB
–Y
W–B
G–R
BR
–YP
W–B
BR
–Y
L–Y VP P
–L
P–B P BR R
BR
1 2 3
4 3 2 1
BRP
P–
B
P–L
VL–Y
BR
–Y
BR–Y
STEM (SEE PAGE 66)
STOP LIGHTSW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
ISC VALVE
FROMIGNITION SW” ST1”
J 2
S10
I 3
+B +B1 ISCC ISCO BATT B/K NSW
OD1 S2 SL S1 VC VTA IDL E21 THW
CRUISE CONTROLECU ECT SOLENOID THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
EF
IW
AT
ER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
C19 ,C 20
E 1 T 1
E2
B
A
O/D ECT
VC
VT
A
IDL
E2
NO
.2
NO
.3( L
OC
K–U
P)
NO
.1
C9
E2
E 7
BR
ENGINE AND ECT ECU
A
BA , E 8, E 7E 6
E 5BR
B Y W
( US
A)
2A5 2C10
2E8
2C
4
15AEFI
21
3 4
B–O
FROM POWER SOURCE SY
EFI MAINRELAY
1H7
7. 5AIGN
1B7
15ASTOP
B
171
B B B A A A A
B B B B C C A
A A B
IG24
IG15
I 6
E 5
I 6
3
1
1
2
EC ID
3
9 4
3
6B
17 6
A
6
A
22 6 19 9
715714161326
6 9 7
5 1 4
P 2 L SPD
OD2TE1TTE1SP2E01E02
ECT TE1
E1
LG LG
R–L
LG
R–L
–LR
–L
R–L
R–L
LGLG V–
G
V–R
L–W
L–W
LG R–L
POWER
NORMAL
B
ECT PATTERN SELECTSW
A/T INDICATOR SW[NEUTRAL START SW]
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R
PW
R
O/D
OFF
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
E 4
N 2
J 2
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
C13
,C
14B
A
W– W–B
GR–L GR–L
BR
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
L–R
W–B
W–B B O
GR
–LG
R–L
W–B
W–B
BR
W–B
BR
BR
BR
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R( F
OR
EC
T)
O/D MAINSW
J/B NO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
CHECKCONNECTOR
J 6
O 7
C 1
S2
ENGINE AND ECT ECUE 6 , E 7 , E 8C A B
I 5 : CANADAI 3 : USA
B
3C4
3B
9
R
J/BNO. 3
1E5
15AGAUGE
1E
4
1A
4
3B
6
3A2
B
172
ECT (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ECT, HOWEVER,ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ECT ECUCONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BYSHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE ECU SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS,BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ECU, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALSTO TERMINAL SPD2 OF THE ECU FROM THE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ECT. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ECTSOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECTSOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, ANDFROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ECT ECU JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ECT ECU → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECT SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THELOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL STP OF THE ECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THEECU AND ECU OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWSTHROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND. CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ECU AND ECU OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDIRVE.
5. ECT PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITIF THE ECT PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWERINDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL P OF THE ECT ECU, THE ECU OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP ANDSHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.
E 6(C), E 7(A), E 8(B) ENGINE AND ECT ECU(B) 6–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(B)4, (B)5–(B)14 : UNDER 1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(B)22–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AND ECT PATTERN SELECT SW POWER)
UNDER 1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND ECT PATTERN SELECT SW NORMAL)(A) 4–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED)
UNDER 1 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL IS NOT DEPRESSED)(C) 4–(C) 9 : 0.1–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F))(C)12–(C) 9 : UNDER 0.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEND)(C)11–(C) 9 : 0.1–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)(C) 1–(C) 9 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A)20–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A) 7–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON)
UNDER 1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF)(A) 9–(B)14 : UNDER 1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON, CRUISE CONTROL SW OFF AND STARTING STILL)
0↔4–10 VOLTS REPEAT (IGNITION SW ON, CRUISE CONTROL SW OFF AND VEHICLE MOVING)(B)17–(B)14 : UNDER 1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND STARTING STILL)
0↔4.5–5.5 VOLTS REPEAT (IGNITION SW ON AND VEHICLE MOVING)(B)22–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND NEUTRAL START SW P OR N POSITION)
UNDER 1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. NEUTRAL START SW P OR N POSITION)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
173
(B)18–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND NEUTRAL START SW 2 POSITION)UNDER 1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. NEUTRAL START SW 2 POSITION)
(B)19–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND NEUTRAL START SW L POSITION)UNDER 1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. NEUTRAL START SW L POSITION)
(A)12, (B)13–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A) 1–(B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (ALL CONDITIONS)
RESISTANCE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)(C)12–(C) 9 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
2.3 KΩ OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(C)11–(C) 9 : 3.3–10.0 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0.2–0.8 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(C) 1–(C) 9 : 3.0–7.0 KΩ(C) 4–(C) 9 : 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)(B) 4, (B) 5, (B) 6–GROUND : 11–15 Ω (ALL CONDITIONS)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 30 (5S–FE) E 4 33 N 2 30 (5S–FE)
C13 B 32 E 6 C 33 O 7 33
C14 A 32 E 7 A 33 S 2 30 (5S–FE)
C19 B 32 E 8 B 33 S10 33
C20 A 32 I 3 30 (5S–FE) T 1 30 (5S–FE)
E 1 30 (5S–FE) J 2 33
E 2 30 (5S–FE) J 6 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C 22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3A
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C
25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG144 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG244 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER
EC 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 540 (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE
I 546 COWL WIRE
E 740 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE
I 646 COWL WIRE
I 3 46 COWL WIRE I 7 46 ENGINE WIRE
174
OVERDRIVE (4A–FE, A/T)
ID
3
1
3
1
4
7
I 7
I 6
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
A
B
1 2
A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 6
O/D OFF INDICATOR[COMB. METER]
O/DSOLENOID
DIODE(FOR O/D SYSTEM)
O/D MAINSW
D 3
O 1
FROM CRUISECONTROL ECU
Y–B
Y–B
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
GR
–LG
R–L
W–B
W–B
W–B
Y–B GR–L
GR–L
R–L
O 7
B AC13 ,C 14
Y–B
IG24
IG2
11
IG25
I 5 : CANADAI 3 : USA
WB
1E5
15AGAUGE
3B9
J/BNO. 3
3A2
J/BNO. 3
1A4
1E4
175
O 7 O/D MAIN SW1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF, OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C13 B 32 D 3 32 O 1 31 (4A–FE)
C14 A 32 J 6 33 O 7 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3A25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3B25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG2 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 346 COWL WIRE
I 6 46 COWL WIRE
I 546 COWL WIRE
I 7 46 ENGINE WIRE
4 7
B ABROWN D 3C13 C14 BLACK
A A
A A A A
J 6
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1 X 33
O 1 O 7BLACK
1
X
1 2
SERVICE HINTS
176
AUTO TILT AWAY STEERING
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
2
2 3 4 5
A
A
1 6
5
1
A
4A
IGID
M1 2
YY
W–B
W–B R L
R–L
R–L
W–L
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 6
1
2
30APOWER
AUTO TILT AWAY ECU
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
UNLOCKWARNING SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
AUTO TILT AWAYACTUATOR
A36
A35
J 6
I12
J 1
J 4A
A
R–L
J/B NO. 3
1E5
6)
15AGAUGE
177
THIS SYSTEM ALLOWS EASIER ENTRY AND EXIT BY THE DRIVER BY MOVING THE STEERING POSITION TO THE UPPER POSITIONWHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS REMOVED.
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS FROM THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF AUTO TILT AWAY ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNEDON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE AS FAR AS TERMINAL 6 .
1. TILT–UP OPERATIONWHEN IGNITION KEY IS REMOVED FROM THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF), A WARNING SW OFF SIGNALIS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE AUTO TILT AWAY ECU. AS A RESULT, THE AUTO TILT AWAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE AUTO TILT AWAY ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AUTO TILT AWAY ACTUATOR → ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 2→ TERMINAL 5 OF THE AUTO TILT AWAY ECU, CAUSING THE ACTUATOR TO ROTATE AND RELEASE THE LOCK MECHANISMLOCKED AT THE MEMORY POSITION (THE POSITION SELECTED USING THE TILT ADJUSTMENT LEVER). THE STEERING WHEEL THEMOVES FROM THE MEMORY POSITION TO THE UPPER POSITION USING SPRING FORCE, THEN MECHANICAL LOCK OCCURS.
2. TILT RETURN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), A WARNING SW ON SIGNALIS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE AUTO TILT AWAY ECU. AS A RESULT, THE AUTO TILT AWAY ECU OPERATES AND CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE AUTO TILT AWAY ECU → TERMINAL 2 OF THE AUTO TILT AWAY ACTUATOR → ACTUATOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE AUTO TILT AWAY ECU, CAUSING THE ACTUATOR TO ROTATE AND RELEASE THE LOCKMECHANISM LOCKED AT THE UPPER POSITION. THE STEERING WHEEL CAN THEN BE RETURNED BY HAND TO THE MEMORYPOSITION, WHERE MECHANICAL LOCK OCCURS.
A36 AUTO TILT AWAY ECU1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A35 32 I12 33 J 4 33
A36 32 J 1 33 J 6 33
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 26 R/B NO. 2 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
1 2
1 2
3 4 5 6
AA
A A1
5 X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A35 A36 J 1I12 BLACK
A A
A A A A
J 4
A A
A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J 6
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
178
SHIFT LOCK
TIMER
6 4
5 1 2
P1
P
P2
SL–
SL+
G–R
G
G–W
L
L–R
C
C
1
2
ID
A
C
C
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW
SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
STOP LIGHT SWJUNCTIONCONNECTOR
GR
GR
B–R
G–W
G–W
G–R
O
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B W–B
SHIFT LOCK ECU
B–R
J 6
J 3S10
S 7
J 2
K 1
2
1
I 6
3A6
J/BN0. 3
1E1 1B8 1B7
15ACIG & RADIO
15AECU–IG
15ASTOP
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
1E
4
1A4
3A
2
J/BN0. 3
179
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE SHIFTLOCK ECU. IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATTHE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE ECU. THEECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID →SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON(PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER RANGE THAN THE “P” RANGE.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2AND P OF LOCK CONTROL SW). THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUTOFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THEIGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. IF THE IGNITION IS LEFT IN ACC OR ON POSITION WITH THE SHIFTLEVER IN OTHER THAN “P” RANGE, THEN AFTER APPROX. ONE HOUR THE ECU OPERATES TO RELEASE THE LOCK.
S 7 SHIFT LOCK ECU5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 2 33 J 6 33 S 7 33
J 3 33 K 1 33 S10 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3A 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 6 46 COWL WIRE
C
CC
C
C
C C
CC
C
C
C1 2
BLUE
S10
J 2 J 3 J 6 K 1 S 7
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A
A A A A
A
1 2
1 2
X 4
5 6
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
180
CRUISE CONTROL (MOTOR TYPE)
A B B
A A A B A
B
A
IG26
IG215
I 2
I 4
1
2
IG1
11
ID IE
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
7
2
1 6 7
CHECKCONNECTOR
R–L
B–R
R–L
LG
W–L
W–L
B–R
B–R
CC
C
15
TC
B PI TC
J 3
C13 , C14
C 1
B A
7 4 8 8 9
B
Y–B W BR
L–W
L–W
BR
W–B
B–W
B B
BR
BR
B–R
1 2
B
1 15 5
AA
3
17
2
B
L
BR
W–B
BR
BR
(M/T)
( A/T
)
TO NE
UT
RA
LS
TA
RT
SW
( A/T
)S
TA
RT
ER
RE
LAY
( M/T
)
SPEED SENSOR(FOR CRUISE CONTROLSYSTEM)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
SPEED SENSOR[COMB. METER]
CRUISE CONTROLCLUTCH SW
DIO
DE
( FO
RC
RU
ISE
CO
NTR
OL)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
CRUISE CONTROLSW[COMB. SW]
S 1
C17
C14
J 2
C18
D4
J 6
B–R
SPD N&C CMS CCS GND
C19 , C20A B
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
A
CANCEL
SET/COAST
RESUME/ACCEL
MA
IN
IG13
L
I 2 : USAI 4 : CANADA
5
6
3B9
J/BNO. 3
1B8 1E5
15AECU–IG
15AGAUGE
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
181
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
C19 , C20A B
C
3
1
2
IG115 IG12
B B B
C
A B B B A A A A A
IF18
M
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
12
1 2 9
5 10 4 3 10 11 12 3 2
SOL2 ECT IDL
ECT O/D IDL
PKB MC M0 L VR3 VR2 VR1 STP– STP+
1
AA
7 6 5 3 2 1
CC
4
A
BR
–Y P
P
BR
–Y
G–RP
( W/E
CT
)
( W/E
CT
)
R–G
R–G
R–G
P–B
R–Y
GR
–B
GR
–R
GR
R–G
P–B
GR
–B
GR
–R
GR
G–W
G–R
G–W
G–W
G–W
W–B
R–G
G–B
R–Y
ENGINE AND ECT ECU OR ENGINE ECU
E 6 , E 7D
PARKINGBRAKE SW
STOP LIGHTSW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
TO STOP LIGHT
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
STO
PS
W
J2
P 1
J 2
S10
S10
C 5
(USA)
IG18IE22
IG118IE21
IG116IE211
IG16IE212
IG117IE25
IG17IE26
W–B
( 2W
D)
W–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
( 2W
D)
D12
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(2WD)
C
B , E 8 A
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
4
EB
I 2
IE11
(CANADA)
RETRACTCONTROLRELAY
TO
BR
AK
EFL
UID
LEV
EL
SW
TO
BR
AK
EW
AR
NIN
GLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TER
]
A
R–W
R
R–G
R–G
R
( US
A)
R–G
(CANADA)
R
5
7
R10
ENGINE ECU
E 7
( CA
NA
DA
)
( US
A)
A5 B20
1B7
15ASTOP
2A
5
2C
5
182
CRUISE CONTROL (MOTOR TYPE)
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOPLIGHT SWITCH.
WITH THE IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINL (A) 7 OF CRUISECONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU ANDTERMINAL 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.
WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL15 OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TO TERMINAL (A) 8 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUFUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL (A) 9 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU →GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 7 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORLIGHT → TERMINAL (B) 2 → TERMINAL (B) 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL (A) 9 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISECONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SWITCH IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHINTHE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 40KM/H, 25MPH TO 200KM/H, 124MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B) 8 OF THE CRUISE CONTROLECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SWITCH IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLESPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THECRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL (B) 4 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL (B) 10OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLEVALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHERTHAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B) 10 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OFCRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL (B) 4 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROLDURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SWITCH IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COASTSWITCH IS TURNED OFF AND IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SWITCH IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCELSWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40KM/H, 25MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SETSPEED BY THE CANCEL SWITCH, PUSHING THE RESUME SWITCH WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SAFETY MAGNET CLUTCH OF THEACTUATOR MOTOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.
∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN “N” RANGE NEUTRAL START SW) ON. “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF ECU”
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF ECU”
∗ PULL UP THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL (A) 5 OF ECU”
∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL (B) 8 ”
SYSTEM OUTLINE
183
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATE CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION. THE SET SPEED ISERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SWITCHTURNS OFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SWITCH MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON.
∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ CURRENT TO CONTROL THE THROTTLE VALVE IN MOTOR BECOMES ALWAYS “ON”.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ THE RESUME SWITCH IS ALREADY ON WHEN THE MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH.
∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SWITCH IS “ON”AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH).
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED. BUT IN THIS CASE, THE SET SPEED IS NOT ERASED. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED IS MORE THAN THE MINIMUM SPEEDLIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H 25 MPH), CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS POSSIBLE USING “SET” OR “RESUME” ON THE CONTROLSWITCH.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL (A) 3 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 3 OF STOP LIGHT SWITCH.
8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINIMUM 4 KM/H,2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE POWERINCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.
∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SETSPEED MINIMUM 2 KM/H 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIOMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THEUPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 6 SECONDS.
∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROLECU TO THE ENGINE AND ECT ECU. UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE AND ECT ECU CHANGES THE SHIFT PATTERNTO NORMAL.TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ECT.), LOCK–UP RELEASE OF THETRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.
C 5 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1–3 : APPROX. 2 K5–4 : APPROX. 38.5
C17 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]15–17 : CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON 5–17 : APPROX. 413 WITH CANCEL SW ON
APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ONAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON
C19(A), C20(B) CRUISE CONTROL ECU(A) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A)2, 6–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE LEVEL
WARNING SW ON(A) 7–GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT(B) 8–GROUND : APPROX. 419 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SWAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW
(A) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
SERVICE HINTS
184
CRUISE CONTROL (MOTOR TYPE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) C20 B 32 J 3 33
C 5 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) D 4 32 J 6 33
C13 B 32 E 6 D 33 P 1 33
C14 A 32E 7
B 33 R10 33
C17 32E 7
C 33 S 1 29 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
C18 32 E 8 A 33 S10 33
C19 A 32 J 2 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C 23(ALL–TRAC/4WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE144 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE244 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG144 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG244 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB38 (3S–GTE)
FRONT LEFT FENDEREB40 (5S–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 46 COWL WIRE I 4 46 COWL WIRE
186
CRUISE CONTROL (VACUUM TYPE)
B
A
IG26
IG215 IG13
IG11
1
2
IG1
11
ID IE
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
7
2
12 4 1
CHECKCONNECTOR
R–L
B–R
R–L
LG
W–L
W–L
B–R
B–R
CC
C
15
TC
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
B PI TC
J 3
C13 , C14
C 1
B A
8 13 6 19 15
L
B
Y–B W BR
L–W
L–W
L–W
BR
W–B
B–W
B B
BR
BR
B–R
1 2
B
1 15 5
AA
3
17
2
B
L
BR
W–B
BR
BR
(M/T)
( A/T
)
L–W
TO NE
UT
RA
LS
TA
RT
SW
( A/T
)S
TA
RT
ER
RE
LAY
( M/T
)
SPEED SENSOR(FOR CRUISE CONTROLSYSTEM)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
SPEED SENSORCOMBINATIONMETER
CRUISE CONTROLCLUTCH SW
DIO
DE
( FO
RC
RU
ISE
CO
NT
RO
L)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
S 1
C17
C14
J 2
C18
D4
J 6
B–R
SPD N&C CMS CCS GND
C19 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
CANCEL
SET/COAST
RESUME/ACCEL
MA
IN
I 2
( 5S
–FE
A/T
)
(EX. 5S–FE A/T)
A
5
6
I 2 : USAI 4 : CANADA
3B9
J/BNO. 3
1B8 1E5
15AECU–IG
15AGAUGE
187
CRUISE CONTROL ECUC19
C
1
2
IG115 IG25
A B
IF18
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
5 20
9 7
14
SOL2 ECT
ECT O/D
PKB CV ACT– RV STP– STP+
C
C
BR
–Y
P
BR
–Y
G–
R
( 5S
–F
E,
A/T
) ( 5S
–F
E,
A/T
)
G–
W
G–
RG
–W
G–
WG
–W
ENGINE AND ECT ECU
, E 8E 7 AB
STOP LIGHTSW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
TO STOP LIGHT
J 2
S10
Y–
BY
–B
TO O/D SOLENOIDDIODE(FOR O/D SYSTEM)
4
3
R–G
W–
B
G–
BR
–Y
5 16 18
2 3 1
S10CRUISE CONTROLSTOP SW
C 6CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
3 17
1
A
A
A
R–G
R–
G
R–G
PARKINGBRAKE SW
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
RJ
2
P 1
(USA)
IE11
(CANADA)
RETRACTCONTROLRELAY
TO
BR
AK
EF
LUID
LE
VE
LS
W
TO
BR
AK
EW
AR
NIN
GL
IGH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
A
R–
W
R
R–
G
R–
G R
( US
A)
R–G
(CANADA)
R
5
7
R10
( CA
NA
DA
)
( US
A)
I 2
( 4A
–F
E,
A/T
)
1B7
15ASTOP
188
CRUISE CONTROL (VACUUM TYPE)
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OFTHE STOP LIGHT SW.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A) 7 OF THE COMBINATIONMETER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OFTHE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUFUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE CRUISECONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 7 → TERMINAL (B) 2 → TERMINAL 4 OFCRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 15 → TO GROUND AND CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIMIT UP INORDER TO NOTE THE CRUISE CONTROL CAN START UP.
1. CRUISE CONTROL DRIVINGWHEN THE MAIN SW IS TURNED TO ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED IN WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT(APPROX. 40KM/H, 25MPH TO 200KM/H, 124MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 19 OF THE ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED ATTHAT TIME IS RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY AS THE SET SPEED.
THE ECU COMPARES THE RECORDED SET SPEED WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 8 FROM THE SPEEDSENSOR AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE SET VEHICLE SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, ECU OPERATION LENGTHENS THE PERIOD OF CURRENTFLOW FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ACTUATOR → THE CONTROL VALVE → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 16OF THE ECU, THE CABLE IS PULLED IN THE DIRECTION FOR OPENING THROTTLE VALVE AND THE VEHICLE SPEED INCREASES.
WHEN THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, A SHORTER PERIOD OF CURRENT FLOW TO THE CONTROLVALVE RETURNS THE CABLE IN THE DIRECTION FOR CLOSING THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE VEHICLE SPEED DECREASES.
(ACTUATOR OPERATION)
WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATES (THE SET SIGNAL IS INPUT), CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU TO THERELEASE VALVE, CLOSING THE ATMOSPHERIC INTAKE PORT.
WHEN THERE IS CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE, VACUUM IS INTRODUCED INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND WHEN THERE ISNO CONTINUITY, VACUUM INTAKE STOPS AND ATMOSPHERE IS INTRODUCED. IN OTHER WORDS, THE ACTUATOR (THROTTLEVALVE) IS CONTROLLED BY CHANGING THE RATIO OF CONTINUITY AND NON–CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE WITHIN ASPECIFIED PERIOD OF TIME.
2. CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS IS PERFORMED DURING CRUISE CONTROL, THEN CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVEAND THE RELEASE VALVE IS CUT OFF AND CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED.
∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CLUTCH SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE ECU. (M/T)
∗ PLACING THE NEUTRAL START SW IN “N” RANGE NEUTRAL START SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE ECU. (A/T)
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKES PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE ECU.
∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE ECU.
3. COAST CONTROLWHILE THE COAST SW IS ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL, CURRENT FLOW TO THE CONTROL VALVE AND RELEASE VALVE ISSTOPPED AND THE VEHICLE DECELERATES UNTIL THE SW IS RELEASED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED ISTHEN RECORDED IN MEMORY.
4. RESUME CONTROLBY TURNING THE RESUME SW TO ON AFTER CANCELLATION OF THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEMS, THE VEHICLE SPEED WILLRETURN TO THE SPEED SET BEFORE CANCELLATION. PROVIDED THAT THE VEHICLE SPEED IS WITHIN THE SET LIMITS.
5. ACCEL CONTROLWHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED TO ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW TO THE CONTROLVALVE AND THE VEHICLE ACCELERATES. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE SW IS TURNED OFF IS RECORED IN MEMORY.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
189
C19 CRUISE CONTROL ECU(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)15–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 8–GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON18–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW)13–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P RANGE (A/T) (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW)
14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULL UP, (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE LEVEL WARNING SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 30 (5S–FE) C19 32 J 6 33
C 6 30 (5S–FE) D 4 32 P 1 33
C13 B 32 E 7 B 33 R10 33
C14 A 32 E 8 A 33 S 1 30 (5S–FE)
C17 32 J 2 33 S10 33
C18 32 J 3 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG144 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG244 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 46 COWL WIRE I 4 46 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
1
X
BLACK
10X
C16 H 3, H 4
X
BLACK
191
HORN
5
5 5
IE119
101 1
3
12
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
WG
G G–R G–R
HORN SW[COMB. SW]
HORNRH
HORNLH
HORN RELAY
C16 H 4 H 3
2E3
15AHAZ–HORN
HORN RELAY(5) 3– (5) 1 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C16 32 H 3 31 (4A–FE) H 4 31 (4A–FE)
H 3 29 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) H 4 29 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 27 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
22 (2WD)2E 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
SERVICE HINTS
192
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
ID16
C B
A
B A A
B B B A A A B B B B B A B
A BE12
ID17 ID111 ID112 ID14 ID12 ID11 ID15 ID19 ID110
EA
IG217 IG26
ID113 ID18
IF116 IF13
M
11
11
61
2 4 3 1 5 31214562
2 4
BATTERY
FL MAIN 2. 0L
FUSE BOX
ABS CHECKCONNECTOR
ABS ACTUATOR
GRGG
B
W–G
W–R
W–L
W–L
W–L
W–R
GR
–L
GR
–R
GR
–G
P–L
P–G
P–B P
L–G
W–R
LG–R
GR
–L
GR
–R
GR
–G
P–L
P–G
P–B P
L–G
LG–R
W–B
ABS RELAY
TS TC FL– FL+ FR– FR+
MR R– SR SRR SFL SFR SRL AST MT
W–R
W–L
W–R
W–L
W–R
W–L
W–B
P
V–G W
16 15
2 1TS TC
CHECK CONNECTORABS SPEEDSENSOR REAR LH
A11 , A12A 7 , A 8
A 9 , A10
A B
A B
A B
C 1A39
B W B W
1 1 22
ABS SPEEDSENSOR FRONT LH
ABS SPEEDSENSOR FRONT RH
A13 A14
WB
RL– RL+
60A ABSD2
A4
(2WD)(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
F10 DA B C
IF110 IF14
A23
B11
A24
D4
A11
D5
A26
D12
A13
D6
A1
C1
A14
C12
A18
D8
A6
B15
C16
A5
C17
A22
D10
A9
D3
A3
D7
A16
D1
B1
C3
B9
C14D2
D9
B18
E13
(EX
.C
ON
VE
RT
IBLE
)
B
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
I1
:CA
NA
DA
3S–G
TEI
2:E
X.
CA
NA
DA
3S–G
TE
ID
A
J6
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
( W/
CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
A37 , A38C DA B
(EX. 3S–GTE)(3S–GTE)
ABS ECU
B–W
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)
W–B
W–B
BR
–B
193
2 1
ABS SPEEDSENSOR REAR RH
A40
IF19
IF18B 1
A
B
7
9
G–R
R–L
R–L
GG
RG
R
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–R
GR
ABSWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
STOP LIGHTSW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
C13 , C14
S10
J 2
B A
C
C
L–Y
R–L
RR– RR+
W BAT STP
A37 , A38C
B–R
IG
1
2
B 7
BI
GND2 GND1
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
GS1 GS2 GST
3 2 1
GS1 GS2 GST
4
6+IG
GND
P
P–G P–L
W–B
B–R
B–R
ABS DECELERATIONSENSOR(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
A43
1
2
1
EB
RETRACTCONTROLRELAY
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
BRAKE FLUIOLEVEL SW
PARKINGBRAKE SW
(CANADA)
( US
A)
(CANADA)
W–B
R–W
R–G A
A
A
B 2 P 1
R10
J 2
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
PKB
B–R
( 2W
D)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
DA B
B13 B25 B6 A12 B12 B3 B10C11C7C22C10
B16C20
B8C19
B14C16
A15C13
A2C2
(3S–GTE)(EX. 3S–GTE)
I 2
R–GR
IF11
5 7
B7C8
B18
:CO
NV
ER
TIB
LEB
15:E
X.
CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE
B18
:CO
NV
ER
TIB
LEB
15:E
X.
CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE
ABS ECU
RSS
(SHIELDED)
–GR
–G
R–G
R–G
2
B–W
1E5 1F11 1B7
15AGAUGE
15AECU–B
15ASTOP
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
1F13
15AECU–IG
3B9
J/BNO. 3
1F8
1B7
R
194
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THEWHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
(4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL (ALL–TRAC/4WD)THE DEGREE OF VEHICLC DECELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE ABS ECU.
2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWINGTO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TOTHE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROMTHE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER. THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE. REDUCTION,HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPLATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDENBRAKING.
A37(A)(C) A38(B)(D) ABS ECU(CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(B)15, (C)6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND CHECK CONNECTOR TS–E1
CONNECTED(A) 5, (C)17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND CHECK CONNECTOR TS–E1
CONNECTED(A)13, (D) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(A)11, (D) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(A)14, (C)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(A)18, (D) 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(A)26, (D)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(B)13, (C)10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(A) 2, (C) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A)15, (C)12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A)12, (C)11–GROUND : APPORX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 6, (C) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED(A)25, (C)22–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(B)14, (C)16–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED
(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(A) 1– (A)18, (C) 1– (D) 8 : APPROX. 6 Ω(A)13– (A)18, (D) 6– (D) 8 : APPROX. 6 Ω(A)14– (A)18, (C)12– (D) 8 : APPROX. 6Ω(A)26– (A)18, (D)12– (D) 8 : APPROX. 6 Ω(A) 9– (A)22, (D) 3– (D)10 : APPROX. 0.8–1.3 Ω(A)16– (A) 3, (D) 1– (D) 7 : APPROX. 0.8–1.3 Ω(A)11– (A)24, (D) 5– (D) 4 : APPROX. 60–100 Ω(A)23– (A)24, (D)11– (D) 4 : APPROX. 50–80 Ω(B) 8–(B)16 : APPROX. 0.8–1.5 KΩ(C)19–(C)20 : APPROX. 1.1–1.7 KΩ
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
195
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 7 A 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)A38
B 34 (L/B), 36 (CONVERTIBLE) B 30 (5S–FE)
A 8 B 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)A38
D 34 (L/B), 36 (CONVERTIBLE) F10 C 28 (3S–GTE)
A 9 A 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) A39 34 (L/B), 36 (CONVERTIBLE)
F10
D 30 (5S–FE)
A10 B 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) A40 34 (L/B), 36 (CONVERTIBLE) J 2 33
A11 A 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) A43 34 (L/B), 36 (CONVERTIBLE) P 1 33
A12 B 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) B 2 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) R10 33
A13 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) C 1 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) S10 33
A14 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) C13 B 32
A37A 34 (L/B), 36 (CONVERTIBLE) C14 A 32
A37C 34 (L/B), 36 (CONVERTIBLE) F10 A 28 (3S–GTE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG2 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA38 (3S–GTE)
FRONT RIGHT FENDEREA40 (5S–FE)
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB38 (3S–GTE)
FRONT LEFT FENDEREB40 (5S–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
48 (L/B)
BI 50 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBI
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E1238 (3S–GTE)
B 150 (C/P)
E1240 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 152 (CONVERTIBLE)
E1338 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREB 7 48 (L/B)
FLOOR WIREE1340 (5S–FE) B15 48 (L/B)
FLOOR WIRE
I 146 COWL WIRE B18
50 (C/P)
I 246 COWL WIRE B18
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
B1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE
197
SRS AIRBAG
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS AIRBAG, perform the operation in accordance with thefollowing precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicablemodel year.
Malfunction symptoms of the airbag system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble codes becomethe most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the airbag system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before disconnectingthe battery.
Work must be started after 20 seconds or longer from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” positionand the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The airbag system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 20 seconds ofdisconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the airbag may be deployed.)When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.Then when work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside thevehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the airbag inflates for somereason.)
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use airbag parts from another vehicle. When replacing airbag parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, center airbag sensor assembly or front airbag sensors.
Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to thesensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.
Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuseit. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10k/V) tester.
The wire harness of the airbag system is combined with the cowl wire harness assembly.The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, asare the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harnessassembly.When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the airbag components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.
198
SRS AIRBAG
The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. AIRBAG ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected correctly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.
199
3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.
200
SRS AIRBAG
1C4 1C3 1C2 1C1
8
7
IG212 IG23
I 4
I 4
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
4A
7 1 14 6 9 12
12 15
IG2 IG1 ACC B LA TC
AB TC
7. 5AIGN
15AECU–IG
15ACIG &RADIO
15AECU–B
G–RGR
B–R
B–O
BR
G–R
G–R
BR
W–L
BR
W–L
BR
2 1 2 1
2 1
5 4 2 3 10 11 8 13
WRWRW R
W–B
W–B
–SL +SL –SR +SR D– D+ E2 E1
IE IG
AIRBAGWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
CHECKCONNECTOR
FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH
FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH
AIRBAG SQUIBF 3 F 4 A28
C13
C 1
CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY
C 7
SPIRALCABLE
201
THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) AIRBAG IS A DRIVER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLETO THE SEAT BELTS.
CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG & RADIO FUSE FLOW TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOW TO TERMINAL 1 . AND THECURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 .
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR ANDSWITCH, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THECIG & RADIO, ECU–IG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THEAIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 10 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 13 ORBODY GROUND → GROUND.WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF CURRENT FROM THE CIG & RADIO, ECU–IG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 11 OFTHE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB →TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 10 , OF THECENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 3 OR 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 2 OR 5 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 13 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENTFLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE BAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD ISINSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER.
THE REASON WHY THERE ARE MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES AND GROUND POINTS IS SO THAT IN THE EVENT THAT ONE OR TWOOF THE POWER SOURCES AND GROUND POINTS DO NOT WORK FOR SOME REASON, THE REMAINING POWER SOURCE ANDGROUND POINT WILL BE AVAILABLE TO COMPENSATE.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A28 32 C 7 32 F 3 31 (4A–FE)
C 128 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) C13 32
F 428 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
C 131 (4A–FE) F 3 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
F 431 (4A–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG2 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 4 46 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
203
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
1
2
A
ID
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
G
L–YW–B
GR
GR
GR
GG
–B
L–Y
L–Y
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
CIGARETTELIGHTER
CLOCK
FROMRETRACT CONTROL RELAY,A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY(CANADA)
( US
A)
J 6
C 8
C11
1 3
4 2
W–B
W–B
3C
5J/BNO. 3
1E3
1H2
2E4
20ADOME
1E2
15ATAIL
3C12
J/BNO. 3
1E
4
1A
4
1E1
15ACIG & RADIO
3C
3J/BNO. 3
3C
9W
J/BNO. 3
C 8 CIGARETTE LIGHTER2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
C11 CLOCK3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)4–GROUND : APPROX .12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION)2–GROUND : APPROX .12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
APPROX .12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 8 32 C11 32 J 6 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3C 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
1
21 2
3 4A A
A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J 6C11C 8 BLACK
SERVICE HINTS
204
TOP STACK
3B8
ID
A1 B3 A2
B1 B2
5
6
4
21
3
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
IR43 IF44 IF47
30ATOPSTACK
4 3 2
M2 1
1
B
AA
B
IG
SPDE SW
B
Y
R–L
R–L
L–R
L–WW
–B
BL
L–W
W–B
BR
W–B
L
Y
B–Y
L–R
TOP STACKSW
TOP STACK MAIN RELAY
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
SPEED SENSOR[COMB. METER]
T 3
J/BNO. 3
J 2
C14
T 4
T 5
T 6 , T 7
J 6
TOP STACK MOTOR
TOP STACK RELAY
B A
CLO
SE
OP
EN
CLO
SE
OP
EN
1E5
15AGAUGE
1E4
1A4
3B7
J/BNO. 3
205
T 3 TOP STACK MAIN RELAY1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION3–GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
T 4 TOP STACK SW4–2 : CLOSED WITH TOP STACK SW AT OPEN POSITION4–1 : CLOSED WITH TOP STACK SW AT CLOSE POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 32 T 3 33 T 6 B 36
J 2 32 T 4 33 T 7 A 36
J 6 32 T 5 36
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
3 26 R/B NO. 3 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF4 46 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID 46 LEFT KICK PANEL
X 5 6 X
B B
B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A
A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1 2
3 4
1 2 X 4
1
2
1
2 31 2
B A
C14 J 2 J 6 T 3
T 4 T 5 T 6 T 7
SERVICE HINTS
206
AUTO ANTENNA *1 : C/P, CONVERTIBLE
BP13 BP14
IF28 IF27
II1
3
II1
8
II1
9
BP113 BP110
I10
RADIO AND PLAYER(W/ CD PLAYER)
RADIO AND PLAYER(W/O CD PLAYER)
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER(W/ CD PLAYER)
PLAYERSW
OFF
RADIOSW
ON
5 6 4 3
7 1
1
7
3
8 9
GR
GR
B–R
B–R
GR
GR
B–R
( L/B
)
( *1) ( L
/B)
( *1)
B–R
P–L
P–L
B–R
B–R
B–R
P–L
B–R
P–L
GR
B–R
B–R GR
GR
( *1)
( *1)
B–R P–L
GR GR
P–LP–L
(L/B
)( L
/B)
( L/B
)( L
/B)
ACC1
AMP+
ANT+ AMP+
R 5
S 8
R 7
( L/B
)
( L/B
)
( *1)
( *1)
P–L
BP19
2
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
( L/B
)
L–Y
L–Y
( L/B
)
1 4 5 7 8
M
2 3
6
1
L–Y Y
R–G B
R–W
W–B
BI
W–B
W–B
( L/B
)
( *1)
BL
AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR AND RELAY
A41
( *1)
( *1)
1F13 1F12 1E1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
15AECU–IG
15ACIG &RADIO
2E4
20ADOME
3C
2
J/BNO. 3
1F6
1H2
207
A41(B) AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
UPPERMOST POSITION1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
LOWERMOST POSITION1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A41A 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P),
36 (CONVERTIBLE) R 5 33 S 8 33A41
B 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P),36 (CONVERTIBLE) R 7 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 23(ALL–TRAC/4WD
)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3C 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF2 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II1 46 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BI50 (C/P)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBI52 (CONVERTIBLE)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BL 48 (L/B) BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I10 46 CONSOLE BOX WIRE (2WD)
1 2
3 4 5 61
7
3
8 9
A41 R 5 R 7 S 8
1 X
7 X
SERVICE HINTS
208
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ CD PLAYER)
II35 II32 II34 II23 II21 II26 II22
IF25 IF21 IF26 IF22IK12IK16
12
12 12
B B
C C
B B
C C
13 12 8 1 9 2
B
7 16 14 5 10 3 11 4
II15 II11 II12II16
II17II36
IK28 IK23 IC28 IC23
12 12 12 12
IF
B
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–B
G–B
G–B
G–B
GG
G
WW
W
RR
R
YY
Y
BB
BB
YRW
PP
PP
VV
VV
LL
LL
LGLG
LGLG
BR
BR
BR
BR
L
LG
P
V
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
DOOR SPEAKERRH
REAR TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH
REAR TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
REAR SPEAKERRH
RE
AR
SP
EA
KE
RLH
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
FRONT SPEAKERRH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH
FRONT SPEAKERLH
B B2 WR– WR+ RR– RR+ RL– RL+
E E FR– FR+ FL– FL+
F13 F15 F14 F12
S 9
J 1
D17
R17
R14
,R
14,R
15
R18R19
B
C
AB
A
II14
L–Y
L–Y
I 1
I 1
I 9 : (USA)I 8 : (CANADA)
I 9 : (USA)I 8 : (CANADA)
I 5
II31 II33
IC16 IC12
12
15 6
L–B
L–B
L–R
L–R
L–R
WL– WL+
DOOR SPEAKERLH
D16
L–B
IF49 IF48
A1A2
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
( EX
.C
ON
VE
RT
IBLE
)
A1A2
( CO
NV
ER
TIB
LE)
( EX
.C
ON
VE
RT
IBLE
)
R16 , R16A C
2E4
20ADOME
1H2
1D8
209
II13
3 9 12 11 14 6 5 4 13
7
3 9 12 11 14 6 5 4 13
7
S 8
R 5
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
II19II18
IF28 IF27
B–R
B–R
P–L
B–R
P–L
P–L
P–L
GR
GR
GR
ACC
+B ACC BEEP SGND RR FR FL MUTE RL
AMP+
AMP
RLMUTEFLFRRRSGNDBEEPACC+B
R L–R R W G B L BR Y
TO AUTO ANTENNA
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
RADIO AND PLAYER (W/ CD PLAYER)
B
ANT
I13
I10
I10
1 10
1 10
GND
GND
W–B
W–B
P–L
P–L
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
1E1
15ACIG & RADIO
3C2
J/BNO. 3
210
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ CD PLAYER)
S 8 (B), S 9 (A) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(A) 7, (A)16–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A)12, (A)13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D16 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) J 1 33 R16 C 36 (CONVERTIBLE)
D17 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) R 5 33 R17 B 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
F12 33 R14 A 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) R18 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
F13 33 R14 C 36 (CONVERTIBLE) R19 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
F14 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) R15 B 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) S 8 B 33
F15 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36(CONVERTIBLE) R16 A 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) S 9 A 33
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3C 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC144 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IC244 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2 44FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF4 46FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II146 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
II246 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
II346 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL OF ALL–TRAC/4WD)
II346 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL OF 2WD)
IK146 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK246 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 1 I 9 46 COWL WIRE
I 5 46 COWL WIRE I10 46 CONSOLE BOX WIRE (2WD)
I 8
46 COWL WIRE
I13 46 CONSOLE BOX WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
212
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o CD PLAYER)
B
B2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
IC2
3
IC2
8
IK2
3
IK2
8
IF2
8
IF2
7
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
IF
A
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
7
BR
GR
L–Y
L–Y
P–L
B–R
L–Y
GR
B–R
P–L
P
V
LG
L
B
Y
R
W W
R
Y
B B
Y
R
W
L
LG
L
LG
V
P
V
PP
V
LG
L
2
5
1
6
2
3
4
8
9
1
1
2 23
1
6 2
1 1
2
E
AMP
ANT
B
ACC
FL+
FL–
FR+
FR–
RL+
RL–
RR+
RR–
JUNCITONCONNECTOR
TOAUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAYAND MOTOR
REAR SPEAKER LH
REAR SPEAKER RH
REAR TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH
REAR TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH
FRONT SPEAKERRH
FRONT SPEAKERLH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH
RADIO ANDPLAYER
R16 , R16 , R17
R14 , R14 , R15
R19
R18
F15
F13
F12
F14
R 6 , R 7
J 1
A B
BA
A B
I 1
L–Y
( *2)
( *1)
L–Y (* 2)
(* 1)
1* : EX. ST IN CANADA2* : ST IN CANADA
IF4
8
IF2
1
IF4
9
IF2
5
IF1
2
IF2
6
A1
C2
C1
C2
(EX. CONVERTIBLE)(CONVERTIBLE)
I 9 : (USA)I 8 : (CANADA)
I 1
C
C
3C6
J/BNO. 3
2E4
20ADOME
1D8
1H2
1E
3
3C2
J/BNO. 3
1E1
15ARADIO & CIG
213
R 6(A), R 7(B) RADIO AND PLAYER(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F12 33 R 6 A 33 R16 A 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
F13 33 R 7 B 33 R16 C 36 (CONVERTIBLE)
F14 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERT.) R14 A 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) R17 B 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
F15 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P), 36 (CONVERT.) R14 C 36 (CONVERTIBLE) R18 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
J 1 33 R15 B 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) R19 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 23
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3C 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC2 44 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2 44FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF4 46FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IK2 46 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 146 COWL WIRE
I 9 46 COWL WIRE
I 846 COWL WIRE
1
2
1 2 BB
B B B B1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
1 2
3 X 6
1
2 1
2
1
2
F12, F13 F14, F15 J 1 A B
R14 , R16 R14 , R16 R18, R19
R 6 R 7
C CAA
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(CONVERTIBLE)
1
2
R15 , R17B B(EX. CONVERTIBLE)
SERVICE HINTS
214
COMBINATION METER
IE111 IG220
BP116 BP111
IG114 IF114 IF112
EB12
B12 B9 B2 B11 B10 B6 B7
C1 A4 B1 B5 C(W/O ECT) B3 A10 A2
A A1
B
4
A3B1
B(4A–FE, A/T) 2A(5S–FE, A/T) 2
B3
A3
B2
A1
HIG
HB
EA
M
PW
R
TU
RN
LH
TU
RN
RH
BR
AK
E
O/D
OFF
FU
EL
CR
UIS
E
VO
LT
TAC
HO
FU
EL
GA
UG
EI 2
2
1 1
EB ID IE BL
IF1
13
BP115
C4
B2
A4IE11
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)F
RO
MH
EA
DLI
GH
T
FRO
MH
AZA
RD
SW
.TU
RN
SIG
MA
LS
W
FR
OM
EC
TP
ATT
ER
NS
ELE
CT
SW
( 5S
–FE
A/T
)
FRO
MIG
NIT
ION
SW
FRO
MS
TAR
TE
RR
ELA
Y
FR
OM
EN
GIN
EE
CU
( EX
.5S
–FE
A/T
) .E
NG
INE
AN
DE
CT
EC
U( 5
S–F
EA
/T)
FR
OM
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LE
CU
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R( F
OR
EA
RTH
)
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
BRAKE FLUDLEVEL SW
NU
TR
AL
ST
AR
TS
WN
1,
N2
BA
C13 , C14 , C15A B CCOMBINATION METER
BULBCHECKRELAY
RETRACTCONTROL RELAY
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
PARKINGBRAKE SW
B 2 P 1
J6
J 6
TO
O/D
MA
INS
W
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
FU
EL
SE
ND
ER
F16
,F
19B
A
R10
I4
,
I1
IIAB A
IGN
ITE
R
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
R
R–G
R–G
BR
BR
BR
B
B
R–L
R–L
LG
G–B
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
BB
L–W
L–W
L–W
R–L
R–L
RR
W–B
R–G
W–B
W–
W–B
( W/C
RU
ISE
CO
NTR
OL)
BR
( W/O
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL)
BR
Y–R
GR
–L
Y–L
LG
AA
5
A
B A
B
B A
A
B
7
A
(A/T)B
(5S–FE, A/T)
(4A–FE, A/T)
J 3
(CANADA)
( CA
NA
DA
)
(CANADA)
( US
A)
W–B
( *1)
( 2W
D)
(USA)
(W/ CRUISECONTROL)
C
4 (2WD)
(*1)(2WD)
(*1)
Y–R Y–L
( C/P
)
( C/B
)
( C/B
)
( C/P
)
R
B
Y–R Y–L
(3S–GTE)(4A–FE)
(5S–FE)
Y–L
Y–R
BR
J2
P
NR
–G
BR
(* 1)
B
B–W 1E5
15AGAUGE
3B9
J/BNO. 3
1E4
1A4
3B6
J/BNO. 3
B
215
*1 : ALL–TRAC/4WD
1
I 6
I 4
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
TUR
BO
ME
TE
R
OIL
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
SE
AT
BE
LT
AB
S
ME
TER
ILLM
INA
TIO
N
CH
AR
GE
DO
OR
AIR
BA
G
C10 C9 C3 A7
C6 A6 A5 A3 B4 C5 A9 A1 C8 C4 A8
IG112 IG113 IG214 IG115 IF19 IG216
IG212
ES23
TO
CE
NT
ER
AIR
BA
GS
EN
SO
RA
SS
EM
BLY
TO
EN
GIN
EE
CU
TOIN
TE
GR
ATI
ON
RE
LAY
TOA
BS
EC
U.A
BS
RE
LAY
TOR
HE
OS
TA
T
TOA
LTE
RN
ATO
R
TO
INT
EG
RA
TIO
NR
ELA
Y,
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
BA
CK
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
TOC
HE
CK
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
A
1
B
1
3 4
2 1
EC
G–O
G–O
G
B–O L–
Y
G–R
L–Y
L–Y
BR
BR
BRR
–WY
W–G
GR
V
R–W
P
BR
Y–G
Y–B
Y–B
2
C
1
C
L–G R
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 66)
( US
A)
SHORT CONNECTOR(FOR DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM)
PANEL RELAY(FOR DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM)
G–O
(CANADA)
TORETRACT CONTROLRELAY(CANADA)
COMBINATION METER
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
TURBO CHARGINGPRESSURE SENSOR
R–WYGL–
R
BR
Y–G
Y–B
O2
W3
T 3
J1
C13 , C14 , C15A B C
S15 , S16A B
P 9
PIM
G
(CANADA)
Y–B
( *1)
( 2W
D)
G
BR
1H2
1E3
1E2
15A
TAIL
1D5
7.5A
IGN
2E4 1C1
20A
DO
ME
15A
EC
U–B
3B10
J/B
NO
.3
3B16
J/BNO. 3
216
COMBINATION METER
B 2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
C13(A), C14(B), C15(C) COMBINATION METER(A) 7, (C) 3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(B) 7, (C) 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 5, (B) 1, (B) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
F16, F19 FUEL SENDER
3–4 : APPROX. 3 WITH FUEL FULLAPPROX. 110.0 WITH FUEL EMPTY
O 2 OIL PRESSURE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 SPI, 19.61 KPA)
P 1 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
W 3 WATER TEMP. SENDER
1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 AT 50°C (122°F)APPROX. 26.4 AT 115°C (239°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 228 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) I 4 C 30 (5S–FE) P 1 33
B 231 (4S–FE) J 1 33 P 9 31
C13 A 32 J 2 33 R 0 31
C14 B 32 J 3 33 S15 A 31
C15 C 32 J 6 33 S16 B 31
F16 B 34 (L/B), 35 (C/P) N 1 B 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) T 3 27 (3S–GTE)
F19 A 34 (L/B) N 2 A 30 (5S–FE)W 3
27 (3S–GTE), 28 (5S–FE)
I 1 B 31 (4A–FE)O 2
29 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)W 3
29 (4A–FE)
I 4 A 29 (3S–GTE)O 2
31 (4A–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22 (2WD)2E 21
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
38 (3S–GTE)
EB1 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EB1
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
ES2 38 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG144 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG244 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
SERVICE HINTS
217
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDEREB
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
38 (3S–GTE)
EC 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLDEC
42 (4A–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
48 (L/B)
BL 50 (C/P) BACK PANEL CENTERBL
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 246 COWL WIRE
I 6 46 COWL WIRE
I 446 COWL WIRE
218
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER)
1E5
5
2
5
5
5
4
5
3
5
3
5
2
2C1 2A4
5
2
2E8 5
1
5
5
5
1
2D5 2D2 5
3
5
5
5
1
IJ13IJ14IG14
M
1
2
E13
E 2
E 2
E 3
M
1
2
2
3
1
2
A
IH13 IH15 IH14
I12
EB EA
30ARDI FAN
15AGAUGE
A1
B1
4 3 1 2
17 11
5 9 14
W–R
R–L
R–LB–O
W–B
B–WL–Y
B–W
R–L
L–R
B–O
B–O
LG–B
B–R
W–B B
B–W
B–W
B–W
B–W
B–W B–Y
G–Y
G–Y
B–Y
W–R
W–L
Y–B
W–R
W–R
W–L
Y–B
B–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
LG–B
B–R
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY
A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH ANDCOMPRESSORSENSOR
WATER TEMP. SW(FOR FAN CONTROL)
CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
( FO
RFA
NC
HE
CK
)A
/CH
IGH
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
[A/C
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
]
A/C
CO
ND
EN
SE
RF
AN
RE
LAY
NO
.3
A/C
CO
ND
EN
SE
RF
AN
RE
LAY
NO
.2
RA
DIA
TO
RF
AN
RE
LAY
NO
.1
RA
DIA
TOR
FAN
MO
TOR
B
A 4
W 4
C2
,C
3A
5
R1
A/C
CO
ND
EN
SE
RF
AN
MO
TO
R
A2
W–B
3 2
4 1
A/C AMPLIFIERA17
1H
1
E 5
R–L
3
2L–B
LG–B
SH
OR
TP
IN( W
/OA
/C)
A5
( EX
.5S
–FE
M/T
)( A
/T)
FROM ENGINE AND ECT ECU(A/T)OR ENGINE ECU(M/T)
IG21
L–Y
( 3S
–GT
E)
( 5S
–FE
)IH11
2L–
YL–
Y
( 3S
–GT
E,
5S–F
E)
2C6
2D1
1H7
7. 5AIGN
2A2
30ACDS FAN
2A5
2C5
219
IJ11
EA13
I11
I11
I11
IQ34 IQ31
EB21
EB22
1
3
IJ111 IJ16 IJ15
A A A A
A
4
2
4
1
1
M
6 2 3 41
WA
RM
CO
OL
IH16 IJ112 IJ17 IJ19
10AA/C
19 15 20 4 17
18 15 3 1 1 3
4
13 16 2 4
V–G
R–B
V–R
R–L
B–R
O
L
R–L
B
W–B
R–B
V–G
W–B
W–R
Y–G
W–R
R–L
B
R–L
Y
YY
Y–R
Y–R
B
R–Y
V–G
W–BB
B
W–B
G–R
YY
G–R Y
YY
Y
G–R
LB
P–Y
L
P–Y
Y
O B–R L Y
P–Y
V–R
V–R
V–
RV
–R
R–L
Y–R
R–L
V–R
A/C
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
AIR
MIX
CO
NT
RO
LS
ER
VO
MO
TO
R
A/C
TH
ER
MIS
TO
R
A/C
DU
AL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
[A/C
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
]
FROMIGNITER
A/C AMPLIFIERA17
A5
A27
A26
A29
8
L–Y
L–Y
, A33A32
A
B AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER
TPS5SGTWTE
E10
:U
SA
I8
:C
AN
AD
A
IJ116
W–B
I 9 : USAI 8 : CANADA
I 9 : USAI 8 : CANADA
10
LG–B
( EX
.4W
D)
L–Y
3A4
J/BNO. 3
220
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER)
IQ21 IQ22
IQ33 IQ26 IQ23 IQ27 IQ28
EA15
I 4
I 8 I 8
I 3
I 3
I11
1
2
2
1
1
2
A B B B C C C C C A A
EA14
A A A A B A B B B B
6 1
3 4 9 7
I11
B
R–L
L
Y
O
B–R
R–L
V–R
R–B
V–G V–G
R–B
V–R
R–L
G–W
R
L–W
B–W
W–B
R–L
L–W
Y Y
W
R–
L
G–Y Y W L–W
V–W
L–W
B–W
L–W
G–
W
R
B–RO
Y
Y
WL
G–Y W
W–R
Y–B
V–W
Y–B
Y–
B
W–R
L–W
L–B
Y–G
W–B
W–B
R–L
R–L
G
B
R–L
1
18 16 5 6 8 23 14 13 15 6
1 2 3 7 1 4 5 2 9 10
3OFF AUTO LO M HI
WA
RM
CO
OL
FACE BI–LEVEL
A/C SYSTEMAMPLIFIER
A/C
AM
BIE
NT
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
A/C
RO
OM
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
A/C
SO
LAR
SE
NS
OR
A25
A1A
23
A24
W–B W–B
A, A33A32 B AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER
FR
OM
TA
ILF
US
E
A
BA18 C A, A19 , A20 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
TEMP TS TR TAM BAUTO BSW MC MH GND IG
L–W
221
B
A A A A A A A A C A
B
I 4
IQ24 IQ210 IQ252 3 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 3 2
FOOT FOOT/DEF DEF A/C RECIRC/FRESH
MF
RRE
CIR
C/F
RE
SH
W–B
W–B
W–L
L–B
V–
R
R–B
V–G
R–Y
B–Y
L–O
L–O
L–O
W–B
W–B
L–O
L–B
W–L
B
R–L
R–L
W–B
B–W
L–W
R
G–W
R–L
V–R
R–B
V–G
W–B
R–Y
W–B
R–L
G–W
R
L–W
B–W
L–O
B–Y
W–B
R–L
R–L
R–L
B
R–L
W–B
W–B
9
RECIRC/FRESHCONTROL SERVO MOTOR
R 4
A, A33A32 B AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER
A18 C A, A19 , A20 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
FOOT
I11
A21
GNDW
–B
I 4
I 4
A3 A10
FACE B/L
IQ211 IQ212
G–W LG
G–W R
222
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER)
M
1 3 24 7 5 6
IJ2
1
IJ2
3
4A
4
A
ID
DEF
FOOT/DEF
FOOT
BI–LEVEL
FACE
L–O
W–B
R–L
R–L
B–Y
B–W
L–W
R
G–W
R–L
R–Y
W–B
W–B
R–L
B B
R–L
R–L
R–L
B–W
L–W
B–W
B–W
L–W
B–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–L
R–YRL–O
B–Y
G–W
W–B
B–W
B–W
A
B
B
B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
AIR
VE
NT
MO
DE
CO
NTR
OL
SE
RV
OM
OT
OR
J 5
J 6
A30
A, A33A32 B AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER
I 3
I 3
1E4
1A4
3A3
J/BNO. 3
223
4
2
4
1
4
4
4
2
4
3
4
5
IQ36 IQ37 IQ35 IQ29
IJ24
I12
I12
I12
I12 I12
I11
M
4 1
2 3
B1 B7 A10 A11A12A1
IQ32IJ110IJ114IJ115
IJ113
4A
4
A
IG
40AHEATER
HE
AT
ER
RE
LAY
4 3 1 1 3 2
B
R–L
R–L
R–L
B–W
B–W
W–B
B–W
W–B
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–W
B
B–W
W–B
L–W
W–L
R–W
R–W
BR
–Y
L–G
B–W R–L B G
R
L
GR
R–L L
R–WPLGB–W
B–W
B–W LG
W–B
B–W
B–W
L–W
W–B
B–W LG W–B
W–B
W–B
BB
B
W–B
L–W
R–L
BR
–Y
R–L
B–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 66)
A/C POWERTRANSISTOR
BLOWERRESISTOR
EX
TR
AH
IGH
SP
EE
DR
ELA
Y
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
BLOWERMOTOR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
A
A
A
A
A
A A
J 4
J 5
B 6 A22
B 4
E9
A, A33A32 B AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER
VM BLW HR +B ACC HR
A
1
2
1
L–W 3A7
J/BNO. 3
1E1
15ACIG &RADIO
224
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER)
1. COOLING FAN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 →TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE A/C PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF WATER TEMP. SW (FOR FANS CONTROL)→ TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FROM TERMINAL 1 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 3 OF A/C PRESSURE SW →TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF WATER TEMP. SW (FOR FANS CONTROL) → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING RELAY NO. 1 ANDRELAY NO. 2 OF EACH FAN TO TURN ON.
* OPERATION AT LOW SPEED
WHEN THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON AND THE AIR CONDITIONER OPERATES, THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 8 OF A/C AMPLIFIERCAUSING A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO TURN ON.
AT THAT TIME, THE CURRENT FROM GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 3 →TERMINAL 4 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL 3 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OFA/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND.
AS A RESULT, A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 TURNS ON AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM CDS FAN FUSE →TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL3 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWING TOEACH FAN MOTOR IN SERIES, CAUSING THE COOLING FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* OPERATION AT HIGH SPEED
DURING A/C OPERATION, WHEN THE PRESSURE OF A/C COMPRESSOR BECOMES HIGHER THAN NORMAL PRESSURE (MORETHAN 14.3 KG/CM2 1401 KPA, 203 PSI), THE A/C PRESSURE SW TURNS OFF.
AS A RESULT, FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 TURNS OFF AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM RDI FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 4 OFRADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, AND FROM CDSFAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 3→ TERMINAL 1 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, FLOWING TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN PARALLEL CAUSING THECOOLING FAN TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. WHEN THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BECOMES MORE THAN ABOUT 90°(194°F), THE WATER TEMP. SW TURNS OFF AND THE SAME OPERATION AS ABOVE IS PERFORMED.
2. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION (DIAL TYPE BLOWER CONTROL SW (W/ AUTO A/C)CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL HR OFAUTO A/C AMPLIFIER. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER,AND TERMINAL (A) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT MANUAL)
CURRENT TO TERMINAL 3 OF HEATER RELAY FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL HR → TERMINAL BSW →TERMINAL (C) 2 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 3 → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON. THIS CAUSESTHE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE ATLOW SPEED.
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT MANUAL)
CURRENT TO TERMINAL 3 OF HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL HR OF THE AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINALBSW → TERMINAL (C) 2 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 3 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEATER RELAY ON.
AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (C) 5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TOROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
* MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT MANUAL M1, M2)
THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 3 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL HR OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL BSW →TERMINAL (C) 2 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 3 → GROUND, AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL1 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (C) 4 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 3 →GROUND, AND CAUSES THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT MEDIUM SPEED.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
225
∗ AUTO FUNCTION
WHEN THE AUTO SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON, SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL BSW AND TERMINAL BAUTOOF AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER CONTROLLING THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 3OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, THE AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER CONTROLS THE BLOWER MOTOR STEPLESSLY.
3. OPERATION OF RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVOMOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, TO CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLETCONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 7 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 2 → GROUND. THEMOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THATPOSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WITH IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL1 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 8 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 2 →GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THECURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SW OF THE CONTROLASSEMBLY SWITCH IS ON.
WHEN THE MODE SELECTION SW OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS MOVED TO DEF POSITION FROM THE DAMPER IN THE FACEPOSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 13 OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 2 → GROUND.
AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES UNTIL THE DAMPER REACHES DEF POSITION.
WHEN THIS OCCURS THE CURRENT TO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS SHUT OFF AND ROTATION OF THE MOTOR STOPS.SWITCHING TO OTHER MODES IS CONTROLLED BY THE SERVO MOTOR ACCORDING THE FLOWING CURRENT:
1. FOOT/DEF POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 12 OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY.
2. FOOT POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 11 OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY.
3. BI–LEVEL POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 10 OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY.
5. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORWHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL VOLUME IS TURNED TO THE COOL SIDE, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL TEST OF AUTOA/C AMPLIFIER FROM TERMINAL (B) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
AS A RESULT, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL AMH OF AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 3 OF A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIERAND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OFA/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → IF /AC SYSTEM AMPLIFIER →TERMINAL 9 → GROUND. CAUSING THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO ROTATE.
AT THIS TIME IS INPUT THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE FROM TERMINAL 4 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF AUTO A/CAMPLIFIER THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION AND MAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE.
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL VOLUME IS TURNED TO THE WARM SIDE, IN A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 OF A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR→ TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE ANDSWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM SIDE.
226
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER)
6. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONTHE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, THE ENGINE RPM SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURE SIGNALFROM THE A/C THERMISTER, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR, AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/CCOMPRESSOR, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM A/CFUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF A/C AMPLIFIER.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 2 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO TERMINAL 8 OF A/C AMPLIFIERFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 15 OF A/C AMPLIFIER TO GROUND AND TURNS IN THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY.
BECAUSE THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON, THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES, CAUSING THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM A/CIDLE–UP VSV TO TERMINAL 6 OF A/C AMPLIFIER TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 15 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → GROUND, AND TURNS ON THEVSV TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE RPM DURING AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION.
WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THE AIRCONDITIONER:
∗ ENGINE HIGH RPM SIGNAL
∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THERE IS A LARGE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ENGINE RPM AND COMPRESSOR RPM
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.
A 4 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH4–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7
A 5 A/C PRESSURE SW3–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 13.5 KG/CM2 192 PSI, 1323 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 10 KG/CM2 142 PSI, 980 KPA)1–4 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA ) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
A17 A/C AMPLIFIER 8–15 : CONTINUITY WITH A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON AND IGNITION SW ON POSITION14–15 : ALWAYS CONTINUITY14–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY15–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY13–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
A23 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR1–2 : APPROX. 1.7 KΩ AT 25°C (77°F)
A26 A/C THERMISTOR 1–2, 3–4 : APPROX. 4852 Ω AT 0°C (59°F)
APPROX. 2341 Ω AT 15°C (59°F)APPROX. 1500 Ω AT 25°C (77°F)
A29 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH TEMPERATURE CONTROL VOLUME AT WARM TO COOL POSITION6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH TEMPERATURE CONTROL VOLUME AT COOL TO WARM POSITION1–3 : ALWAYS APPROX. 6 KΩ
A32(B), A34(A) AUTO A/C AMPLIFIERB–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITIONIG–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITIONHR–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON OR AUTO SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ONS5–GROUND : APPROX. 5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONSG–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITYREC–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY AT RECIRC POSITIONFRS–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY AT FRESH POSITIONGND–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
B 5 BLOWER RESISTOR1–3 : APPROX. 0.84 Ω 3–4 : APPROX. 1.48 Ω
W 4 WATER TEMP. SW (FOR FANS CONTROL)1–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 83°C (181.4°F)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
227
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 1 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) A24 32 C 2 A 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
A 2 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) A25 32 C 3 B 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
A 4 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) A26 32 E 9 33
A 5 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE) A27 32 J 4 33
A17 32 A29 32 J 5 33
A18 C 32 A30 32 J 6 33
A19 A 32 A32 B 32 R 1 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
A20 B 32 A33 A 32 R 4 33
A22 32 B 4 32 W 4 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE)
A23 32 B 6 32
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
5 27 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C 22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2D22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3A 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA138 (3S–GTE)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EA140 (5S–FE)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
EB238 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EB240 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
IG144 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG244 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IH1 44 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IJ146 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IJ246 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IQ246 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO 2 WIRE (BESIDE HEATER UNIT)
IQ346 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE HEATER UNIT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 40 (5S–FE) FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 238 (3S–GTE) E13 40 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 240 (5S–FE) I 3
E 338 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI 4
46 COWL WIREE 340 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI 8
46 COWL WIRE
E 538 (3S–GTE) I 9
E 540 (5S–FE) I11 46 A/C NO. 2 WIRE
E1038 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIREI12 46 A/C NO. 1 WIRE
E1040 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE
230
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER)
5 5 5 5 5 5
2C1 2A4
5
2E8 5 5 5
5552D22D5
3 2
5 1
3 2
5 1
3 5
1 3
4
E13
E 2
E 3
E10E 2
M
1
2
2
3
1
2
1
1
2
EB22
IJ11 IJ117 IJ111
EA13
EAEB
M
1
2
B
B
BA
8 6 13
41
1
1
30ARDI FAN
(EX. 4A–FE)(4A–FE)
2
1
14 16
RA
DIA
TOR
FAN
RE
LAY
NO
.1
A/C
CO
ND
EN
SE
RFA
NR
ELA
YN
O.2
A/C
CO
ND
EN
SE
RF
AN
MO
TO
R A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY
CHECK CONNECTOR(FOR FAN CHECK)
A/C
HIG
HP
RE
SS
UR
ES
W[A
/CP
RE
SS
UR
ES
W]
( W/
A/C
)W
AT
ER
TEM
P.
SW
( FO
RF
AN
SC
ON
TRO
L)
WA
TER
TE
MP
.S
W( F
OR
FAN
SC
ON
TRO
L)
A/C AMPLIFIER
A/C
CO
ND
EN
SE
RFA
NR
ELA
YN
O.3
A/C
IDLE
–UP
VS
V
RA
DIA
TOR
FAN
MO
TOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66
B–O
R–L
Y–R
W–B
L–B
R–L
R–L
L–R
B–
B–O
LG–B
B–R
LG–B
B–R
W–B B
B–W
B–W
L–Y
L–Y
Y–L
Y–R
L–Y
Y–L
Y–R
B–W
B–W
B–W
W–B
W–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
A/C
MA
GN
ETI
CC
LUTC
HA
ND
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
SE
NS
OR
W–B A17
R1
C 2 , C 3
W4
W4
A5
A3
A A
A4
Y–G
W–R
A26
A/C
THE
RM
ISTO
R
4 1
2 2 A2
(4A–FE)
(EX. 4A–FE)
I12
W–R
W–R
B–W
A A3 1
A2 (EX. 4A–FE)
IH13 IH15
5 9
Y–B
W–L
Y–B
W–L
Y–R
Y–R
IH1
4W–R
E 5
SH
OR
TP
IN( W
/OA
/C)
A5
3
2
LG–B
L–B
BA
( EX
.4A
–FE
,5S
–FE
M/T
)
( 3S
–GT
E,
4A–F
E)
( EX
.4A
–FE
)
IG14
FRO
ME
NG
INE
AN
DE
CT
EC
UB
–W
B–W
B–W
( 3S
–GT
E) (4A–FE)
( 4A
–FE
)
2C6
2D1
1H7
7. 5AIGN
O
2A2
15AGAUGE
)
R–L
30ACDS FAN
1E5
1H
1
2A5
2C5
231
EB21
IQ28
IJ112
IJ19 IJ17
IQ29
4
4 4 4
4 4
M
1 4
3 5
2
I 3
I 3
4
BBBBA
4
1
4
15
4
1 3
3
2
1
A
1 2 5 6 7
3
10AA/C
40AHEATER2
1
HI M2 M1 LO OFF
R–L
Y–R
W–B
W–B
V–G
R–B
R–L
R–L
L
R–L
R–L
R–L
V–G
B–W
B–W
L–W
A B
A
AA
A A BB
R–L
R–L
V–R
V–R
V–R
R–L
R–L
L–W
L–W
L–W B
W–B
B
B–W
B–WBB
L
L–W
R–L
W–B
B1
22
R–B
A/C
DU
AL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
[A/C
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
]
HEATERRELAY
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
BLO
WE
RR
ES
ISTO
R
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
BLOWER MOTOR
A5
J4
J5
B 4
B6
L–W
L–W
B–W
B–W L–W
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
G
A17
A18 , A20
A/C AMPLIFIER
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA B
FRO
MTA
ILF
US
E( U
SA
) ,R
ET
RA
CT
CO
NT
RO
LR
ELA
Y( C
AN
AD
A)
1
FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
B4
BV
–R
V–R
IH16
R–Y
V–G
BB
FROM IGNITER
18
IJ116
W–B
W–B
10
LG–B
( 5S
–FE
)
11217
G–Y
L–Y
B–Y
FROM ENGINEAND ECT ECU
I 9 : USAI 8 : CANADA
I 9 : USAI 8 : CANADA
3A4
J/B
NO
.3
232
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER)
M
R
F
M
A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A7 A8A16A15
4 3 2 7 5 6
2 3 1
BI–LEVEL
FOOT
FOOT/DEF
DEF
FACE
FACE BI–LEVEL FOOT FOOT/DEF DEF RECIRC/FRESHA/C
R–L
R–L
V–R
R–B
V–G
W–B
W–B
R–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–Y
L–O
W–B W–B
L–B
W–L
R–L
R
G–W
V–G R–B
V–R L–B
W–L
AIR VENT MODE CONTROLSERVO MOTOR
RECIRC/FRESHCONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A30
R 4
RE
CIR
C/F
RE
SH
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA18 , A20A B
1
G–W B–Y
L–O
R–YR R–L
W–B
233
4A 4A 4A
4
A
IG ID
B3 A2
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
AJUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 6
I 3
3A3
J/BNO. 3
1E4
1A4
234
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER)
1. COOLING FAN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 →TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE A/C PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 (4S–FE) OR TERMINAL 2 (EX. 4A–FE) OF THEWATER TEMP. SW → TERMINAL 1 (EX. 4A–FE) → GROUND, FROM TERMINAL 1 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 3 OF A/C PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 (4A–FE) OR TERMINAL 2 (EX. 4A–FE) OF THE WATER TEMP. SW→ TERMINAL 1 (EX. 4A–FE) → GROUND, CAUSING RELAY NO. 1 AND RELAY NO. 2 OF EACH FAN TO TURN ON.
* OPERATION AT LOW SPEED
WHEN THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON AND THE AIR CONDITIONER OPERATES, THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 8 OF A/C AMPLIFIERCAUSING A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO TURN ON.
AT THAT TIME, THE CURRENT FROM GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 3 →TERMINAL 4 (5S–FE), 1 (4A–FE) OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL 3 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY→ TERMINAL 2 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND.
AS A RESULT, A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 TURNS ON AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM CDS FAN FUSE →TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL3 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWINGTO EACH FAN MOTOR IN SERIES, CAUSING THE COOLING FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* OPERATION AT HIGH SPEED
DURING A/C OPERATION, WHEN THE PRESSURE OF A/C COMPRESSOR BECOMES HIGHER THAN NORMAL PRESSURE (MORETHAN 14.3 KG/CM2 1401 KPA, 203 PSI), THE A/C PRESSURE SW TURNS OFF.
AS A RESULT, FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 TURNS OFF AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM RDI FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 4 OFRADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, AND FROM CDSFAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 3→ TERMINAL 3 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, FLOWING TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN PARALLEL CAUSING THECOOLING FAN TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. WHEN THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BECOMES MORE THAN ABOUT 90°C(194°F), THE WATER TEMP. SW TURNS OFF AND THE SAME OPERATION AS ABOVE IS PERFORMED.
2. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION (DIAL TYPE BLOWER (W/O AUTO A/C))CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (B) 2 ANDTERMINAL (B) 7 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO LO POSITION. THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 7 OF THEA/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 3 → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR →MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TOROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO HI POSITION. THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (B) 2 OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 3 → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL1 → TERMINAL (B) 5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 3 → GROUND, AND CAUSES THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATEAT HIGH SPEED.
* MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT MANUAL M1, M2)
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M1 POSITION. THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 3 OFHEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (B) 2 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 3 → GROUND ANDTURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
AS A RESULT, CURRENT FROM THE HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OFBLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 3→ TERMINAL (B) 4 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY →TERMINAL (B) 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT MEDIUM LOW SPEED.
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M2 POSITION. THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAYFLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL2→ TERMINAL (B) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 3 → GROUND.
AS THE CURRENT FLOW FROM BLOWER MOTOR TO GROUND IS GREATER THAN FOR M1. THE BLOWER MOTOR ROTATES AT HIGHSPEED.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
235
3. OPERATION OF RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVOMOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, TO CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLETCONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 7 OF RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL (A) 2 →GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THATPOSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WITH IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL1 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 8 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 2 →GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THECURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SW OF THE CONTROLASSEMBLY SWITCH IS ON.
WHEN THE MODE SELECTION SW OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS MOVED TO DEF POSITION FROM THE DAMPER IN THE FACEPOSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 13 OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 2 → GROUND.
AS A RESULT, TO SERVO MOTOR OPERATES UNTIL THE DAMPER REACHES DEF POSITION.
WHEN THIS OCCURS THE CURRENT TO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS SHUT OFF AND ROTATION OF THE MOTOR STOPS.SWITCHING TO OTHER MODES IS CONTROLLED BY THE SERVO MOTOR ACCORDING THE FLOWING CURRENT:
1. FOOT/DEF POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 12 OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY.
2. FOOT POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 11 OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY.
3. BI–LEVEL POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 10 OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY.
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONTHE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, THE ENGINE RPM SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURE SIGNALFROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR, AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/CCOMPRESSOR, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM A/CFUSE TO TERMINAL 13 OF A/C AMPLIFIER.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 2 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO TERMINAL 8 OF A/C AMPLIFIERFLOWS FROM TERMIAL 15 OF A/C AMPLIFIER TO GROUND AND TURNS IN THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY.
BECAUSE THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON, THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES, CAUSING THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM A/CIDLE–UP VSV TO TERMINAL 6 OF A/C AMPLIFIER TO FROM TO TERMINAL 15 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → GROUND, AND TURNS ON THEVSV TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE RPM DURING AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION.
WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THE AIRCONDITIONER:
∗ ENGINE HIGH RPM SIGNAL
∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THERE IS A LARGE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ENGINE RPM AND COMPRESSOR RPM
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW
236
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER)
A 4 (A)(B) A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH(A)4, (B)1–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7
A 5 A/C PRESSURE SW3–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 13.5 KG/CM2 192 PSI, 1323 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 10 KG/CM2 142 PSI, 980 KPA)1–4 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA ) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
A17 A/C AMPLIFIER 8–15 : CONTINUITY WITH A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION14–15 : ALWAYS CONTINUITY14–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY15–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY13–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
A26 A/C THERMISTOR1–2 : APPROX. 4852 AT 0°C (32°F)
APPROX. 2341 AT 15°C (39°F)APPROX. 1500 AT 25°C (77°F)
B 6 BLOWER RESISTOR1–3 : APPROX. 0.48 3–2 : APPROX. 0.94 2–4 : APPROX. 0.91
W 4 WATER TEMP. SW (FOR FANS CONTROL)1–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 83°C (181.4°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 2 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) A20 B 32 J 4 33
A 3 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) A26 32 J 5 33
A 4A 28 (3S–GTE), 31 (4A–FE) A30 32 J 6 33
A 4B 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) B 4 32 R 1 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
A 5 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) B 6 32 R 4 33
A17 32 C 2 A 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE) W 4 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
A18 A 32 C 3 B 28 (3S–GTE), 30 (5S–FE), 31 (4A–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
5 27 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C 22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2D22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2E22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3A 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
38 (3S–GTE)
EA1 40 (5S–FE) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EA1
42 (4A–FE)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
38 (3S–GTE)
EB2 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)EB2
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (REAR SIDE OF RIGHT FRONT FENDER)
IG1 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IH1 44 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IJ1 46 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IQ2 46 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE HEATER UNIT)
SERVICE HINTS
237
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EA 40 (5S–FE) FRONT RIGHT FENDEREA
42 (4A–FE)
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
EB38 (3S–GTE)
FRONT LEFT FENDEREB40 (5S–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38 (3S–GTE)E10
40 (5S–FE)COWL WIRE
E 2 40 (5S–FE)E10
42 (4A–FE)COWL WIRE
E 2
42 (4A–FE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
38 (3S–GTE)
38 (3S–GTE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E13 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 3 40 (5S–FE)
E13
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E 3
42 (4A–FE) I 3
38 (3S–GTE) I 8 46 COWL WIRE
E 5 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE I 9
46 COWL WIRE
E 5
42 (4A–FE)
ENGINE WIRE
I12 46 A/C NO. 1 WIRE
E10 38 (3S–GTE) COWL WIRE
238
GROUND POINT
WATER TEMP. SW(FOR FAN CONTROL)
EFI MAIN RELAY
ENGINE MAIN RELAY
FRONT TURN SIGNALAND CLEARANCELIGHT LH
FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH
BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW
RETRACT MOTOR LH
RETRACT MOTOR RH
SPEED SENSOR(FOR ECT)
OXYGEN SENSOR(SUB)
ENGINE ANDECT ECU(5S–FEA/T)
OR ENGINE ECU(EX. 5S–FEA/T)
OXYGEN SENSOR
NOISE FILTER
CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR
FOG LIGHT LH
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
A/C CONDENSER FANRELAY NO. 2
A/C CONDENSER FANRELAY NO. 3
FOG LIGHT RH
FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH
FRONT TURN SIGNALAND CLEARANCELIGHT RH
ABS RELAY
OXYGEN SENSOR(FOR CALIFORNIA)
ENGINE ECU
COMB. METER
CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR (W/ ABS)
(E1)
(E01)
(E02)
(E1)
(E01)
(E02)
E 9
E 3
E 4
E 4
E 4
E 3
E 1
E 7
IG2
14
IG2
14
5
5
EAEB
EC EC (4A–FE)(3S–GTE, 5S–FE)
BRBR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BRBR
BR
BR
(EX. 4A–FE)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW
–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
B
BR
W–
B
BR
E 2
W–B
CHECK CONNECTOR (E1)
OXYGEN SENSOR (E)
CHECK CONNECTOR (E1)
E 2
E 3
W–B
CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR (W/O ABS)
W–BW–B
E 5 E 5
BR
(3S–GTE, 5S–FE M/T)
OXYGEN SENSOR(FOR EX. CALIFORNIA)
I7
:CA
RIF
OR
NIA
E7
:EX
.C
ALI
FOR
NIA
BR
(4WD)
COMB. METERBR
E 5
BR
(*1)
(*2)
2C5
2A5
2C
5
2A
5
239
1* : PUSH TYPE OF BLOWER CONTROL SW2* : DIAL TYPE OF BLOWER CONTROL SW
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER(W/ CD PLAYER)
RADIO AND PLAYER(W/O CD PLAYER)
DOOR LOCK ECU
POWER MAIN RELAY
DOOR LOCK MOTOR LHAND KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW LH
DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW LH
POWER WINDOWMASTER SW
CRUISE CONTROLCLUTCH SW
FUEL SENDER
COMB. METER
UNLOCK WARNING SW
DIMMER SW
LIGHT CONTROL SW
WIPER SW(FRONT, REAR)
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
KEY INTER LOCKSOLENOID
O/D MAIN SW
SHIFT LOCK ECU
INTERIOR LIGHT
TOP STACK RELAY
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
CIRCUIT OPENINGRELAY
GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW
COMB. METER
DEFOGGER SW
RHEOSTAT
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
CLOCK
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
AUTO A/C AMPLIFIER
A/C SYSTEMAMPLIFIER
I 2
I 2
I 2
I 6
I11
II3
6
II1
7
IF1
13
IF
ID
3B
2
3B7
3B
1
3B
5
3B
6
3B
7
3C
7
3C
8
3C
9
3A
3
2
3A
2IQ410
IC119
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
A
A
A
A A
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR W–B
W–
B
W–
B
W–B
W–
B
W–B
BR BR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–B
–B
W–
B
J/BNO. 3
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R( F
OR
EA
RT
H)
J6
E
E
W–B
W–B
W–
B
I 5
I 2
BP1
15BR
A
I 3 : USAI 5 : CANADA
I 3
I 3
( *2)
(MANUAL A/C)
B 4
B 2
W–B
W–B
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
W–B
(*1)
FOG LIGHT SW3A
1W–B
(CONVERTIBLE)
(AUTO A/C)
(EX. CONVERTIBLE)
W–BW–B
(CONVERTIBLE)
W–B
DEFOGGER RELAY
1A4
1E4
W
1F3
INTEGRATION RELAY
240
GROUND POINT
AUTO TILT AWAY ECU
HEATER RELAY
BLOWER RESISTOR
BLOWER RESISTOR
A/C POWERTRANSISTOR
EXTRA HIGH SPEEDRELAY
CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY
SUN ROOF CONTROLRELAY
SUN ROOF CONTROL SWAND PERSONAL LIGHT
SUN ROOF LIMIT SW
DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR RHAND KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW RH
CLUTCH START SW
AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
4
A
4
A
4
A
4
A
4
A
4
A
4
IJ1
16
IJ2
4
IK1
19
B 3
I 4
I 4
I12I12
4A 4A
IE
B 5
SUN ROOF MOTOR
BH BK (L/B)
(C/P)
(W/ SUN ROOF)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
B
B
BRBR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–
BW
–B
BR
W–
BW
–B
BB
E1
E2
IG
(MANUAL A/C)
(AUTO A/C)
CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
SPEED SENSOR(FOR CRUISE CNTROLSYSTEM)
IQ5
6W–B
IG1
11
BR
B 6 BM : W/ DIVERSITY ANTENNABJ : W/O DIVERSITY ANTENNA
(W/O DIVERSITY ANTENNA)
FUEL SENDER
COMB. METERBRBR
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)BP1
15
IF1
13BR
BR
I 9 : USAI 8 : CANADA
IJ1
12W–BW–B
I 2 : USAI 4 : CANADA
(EX. 4WD)
A/C AMPLIFIER
W–
B
(* 4)
241
1* : EX. AUTO IR CONDITIONER2* : AUTO AIR CONDITIONER
3* : PUSH TYPE OF BLOWER CONTROL SW4* : DIAL TYPE OF BLOWER CONTROL SW
5* : ALL–TRAC/4WD6* : 2WD
BUCKLE SW(W/O POWER SEAT)
POWER SEAT SW
BUCKLE SW(W/ POWER SEAT)
HIGH MOUNT STOPLIGHT
HIGH MOUNT STOPLIGHT
BUCKLE SW(W/ POWER SEAT)
POWER SEAT SW
BUCKLE SW(W/O POWER SEAT)
REAR COMB. LIGHT LH
LICENCE PLATE LIGHT
REAR COMB. LIGHT RH
REAR COMB. LIGHT LH
LICENCE PLATE LIGHT
REAR COMB. LIGHT RH
BP1
7
BN1
3
BP2
4
BL1
3
BO1
1
BM1
1
BL1
3
B 8 B10
B11
B13
B 9
B 8
B10
BI
BL
BI
BL
BM11
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROLRELAY AND MOTOR
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROLRELAY AND MOTOR
(C/P)
(C/P, CONVERTIBLE)
(L/B)
(L/B)
W–
BW
–B
W–
BW
–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
BW
–B
W–
B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–BW–BW–BB11
FUEL PUMP
FUEL SENDER
W–B
W–B
(* 5)
(* 5)
W–B
(4WD)
FUEL PUMP
ABS DECELERATIONSENSOR
ABS ECU
B15
(GND1)
(GND2)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B10W–B
(* 6)
W–
B
B17 : CONVERTIBLEB16 : EX. CONVERTIBLE
W–BBUCKLE SW LH
B18 : CONVERTIBLEB15 : EX. CONVERTIBLE
B11
FUEL PUMPW–B
BUCKLE SW RHW–B
GND2W–B
B13 : 4WDB11 : 2WD
W–B
ABS ECU
GND1
W–B
W–B
W–
B
(CONVERTIBLE)
(EX. CONVERTIBLE)
BU12
W–B
(CONVERTIBLE)
(CONVERTIBLE)
242
GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 6 33
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 26 R/B NO. 2 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4 27 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
5 27 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 22 (2WD) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
2C 22 (2WD) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (NEAR THE BATTERY)
3A
3B 25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C25 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC1 44 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 44 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG144 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
IG244 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ECU)
II1 46 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
II346 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL OF ALL–TRAC/4WD)
II346 COWL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL OF 2WD)
IJ1
IJ2 46 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IJ346 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 1 WIRE (BEHIND THE GLOVE BOX)
IK1 46 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IQ1
IQ4 46 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE HEATER UNIT)
IQ546 COWL WIRE AND A/C NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE HEATER UNIT)
BL148 (L/B)
FLOOR WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF FRONT FLOOR PANEL)BL150 (C/P)
FLOOR WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF FRONT FLOOR PANEL)
BM148 (L/B)
FRAME WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)BM150 (C/P)
FRAME WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
BN1 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BO1 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 SUB WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)
BP1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL CENTER)
BU1 48 (L/B) FLOOR WIRE AND REAR WINDOW NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT REAR PILLAR)
243
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
38 (3S–GTE)
EA 40 (5S–FE) FRONT RIGHT FENDEREA42 (4A–FE)
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
38 (3S–GTE)
EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDEREB42 (4A–FE)
FRONT LEFT FENDER
38 (3S–GTE)
EC 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLDEC42 (4A–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
ID 44 LEFT KICK PANEL
IE 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
IF 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
IG 44 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
BH48 (L/B)
ROOF LEFTBH50 (C/P)
ROOF LEFT
BI48 (L/B)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLARBI50 (C/P)
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BJ 50 (C/P) RIGHT REAR PILLAR (C/P)
BK 48 (L/B) BACK DOOR RIGHT (L/B)
BL48 (L/B)
BACK PANEL CENTERBL50 (C/P)
BACK PANEL CENTER
BM 50 (C/P) LEFT REAR PILLAR (C/P)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38 (3S–GTE) I11 46 A/C NO. 2 WIRE
E 1 40 (5S–FE) I12 46 A/C NO. 1 WIREE 1
42 (4A–FE)B 2
48 (L/B)FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
38 (3S–GTE)B 2
50 (C/P)FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
E 2 40 (5S–FE)B 3
48 (L/B)FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
E 2
42 (4A–FE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 350 (C/P)
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
38 (3S–GTE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 548 (L/B)
E 3 40 (5S–FE)B 5
50 (C/P)ROOF WIRE
E 3
42 (4A–FE)B 6
48 (L/B)ROOF WIRE
38 (3S–GTE)B 6
50 (C/P)
E 4 40 (5S–FE)B 8
48 (L/B)FRAME WIRE
E 4
42 (4A–FE)B 8
50 (C/P)FRAME WIRE
38 (3S–GTE)B10
48 (L/B)FLOOR WIRE
E 5 40 (5S–FE)B10
50 (C/P)FLOOR WIRE
E 5
42 (4A–FE)B11
48 (L/B)
38 (3S–GTE)ENGINE WIRE
B1150 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
E 7 40 (5S–FE)ENGINE WIRE
B1348 (L/B)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
E 7
42 (4A–FE)B13
50 (C/P)
E 838 (3S–GTE) B15 48 (L/B)
E 840 (5S–FE)
B1648 (L/B)
I 2B16
50 (C/P)
I 3 48 (L/B)FLOOR WIRE
I 4 46 COWL WIRE B17 50 (C/P)FLOOR WIRE
I 5
46 COWL WIRE B17
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
I 6 48 (LB)
I 7 46 ENGINE WIRE B18 50 (C/P)
I 846 COWL WIRE
B18
52 (CONVERTIBLE)
I 946 COWL WIRE